EP1856281A2 - Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc - Google Patents
Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclcInfo
- Publication number
- EP1856281A2 EP1856281A2 EP06719028A EP06719028A EP1856281A2 EP 1856281 A2 EP1856281 A2 EP 1856281A2 EP 06719028 A EP06719028 A EP 06719028A EP 06719028 A EP06719028 A EP 06719028A EP 1856281 A2 EP1856281 A2 EP 1856281A2
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- gene
- cell
- antibodies
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 title claims description 9
- 101100425749 Mus musculus Tnfrsf18 gene Proteins 0.000 title 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 131
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 170
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 86
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 86
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 86
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 37
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 30
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 73
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 abstract description 26
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 abstract description 26
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 abstract description 26
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 18
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 15
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 140
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 82
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 70
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 61
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 58
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 57
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 51
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 37
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 37
- -1 TCR Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 36
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 33
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 30
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 29
- 102100033728 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 28
- 101000801234 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 24
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 22
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 16
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 15
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 10
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 9
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 206010054949 Metaplasia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 7
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000015689 metaplastic ossification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101000597780 Mus musculus Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical group CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1Cl CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 4
- 102100035283 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 18 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 4
- QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1O QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101001057504 Homo sapiens Interferon-stimulated gene 20 kDa protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001055144 Homo sapiens Interleukin-2 receptor subunit alpha Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100026878 Interleukin-2 receptor subunit alpha Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090000829 Ribosome Inactivating Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004393 TNF receptor-associated factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000925 TNF receptor-associated factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003302 anti-idiotype Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000002020 sage Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-NJFSPNSNSA-N 188Re Chemical compound [188Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical class OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700002054 Glucocorticoid-Induced TNFR-Related Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000597779 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000272144 Naja atra Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024616 Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004288 Sodium dehydroacetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N Yttrium-90 Chemical compound [90Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000016383 Zea mays subsp huehuetenangensis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000008395 adenosquamous carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003430 antimalarial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940033495 antimalarials Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-AKLPVKDBSA-N bismuth-212 Chemical compound [212Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-AKLPVKDBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005395 cetuximab Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002242 chlorocresol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- DGXRZJSPDXZJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O DGXRZJSPDXZJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000009973 maize Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- BNJOQKFENDDGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O BNJOQKFENDDGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000034190 positive regulation of NF-kappaB transcription factor activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000003289 regulatory T cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N rhenium-186 Chemical compound [186Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940079839 sodium dehydroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019259 sodium dehydroacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M sodium;(1e)-1-(6-methyl-2,4-dioxopyran-3-ylidene)ethanolate Chemical compound [Na+].C\C([O-])=C1/C(=O)OC(C)=CC1=O DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQHCYKULIHKCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O HQHCYKULIHKCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004565 tumor cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000010576 undifferentiated carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1Cl QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 10043-66-0 Chemical compound [131I][131I] PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 14-methylpentadecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFAAOBGYWOUHLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC SFAAOBGYWOUHLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710117290 Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member C4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006306 Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000228254 Aspergillus restrictus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000669426 Aspergillus restrictus Ribonuclease mitogillin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Betaine Natural products C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C Chemical compound CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027207 CD27 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108020004998 Chloroplast DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005133 Chloroplast RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N D-Cellobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical class OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-melezitose Natural products O1C(CO)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1(CO)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Daunomycin Natural products CCC1(O)CC(OC2CC(N)C(O)C(C)O2)c3cc4C(=O)c5c(OC)cccc5C(=O)c4c(O)c3C1 WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011968 Decreased immune responsiveness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical class OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710181478 Envelope glycoprotein GP350 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100026122 High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000690301 Homo sapiens Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member C4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914511 Homo sapiens CD27 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000913074 Homo sapiens High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001116548 Homo sapiens Protein CBFA2T1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000738771 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000588007 Homo sapiens SPARC-like protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012450 HuMAb Mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700002232 Immediate-Early Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010062717 Increased upper airway secretion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020005350 Initiator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033421 Keratin, type I cytoskeletal 18 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023972 Keratin, type II cytoskeletal 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010066327 Keratin-18 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010070511 Keratin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N L-(-)-Sorbose Chemical compound OCC1(O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023774 Large cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000207740 Lemna minor Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006439 Lemna minor Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002774 Maltodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical group CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005196 Mitochondrial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O N,N,N-trimethylglycinium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(O)=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 108091007491 NSP3 Papain-like protease domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710204212 Neocarzinostatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000742 Plant toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010001014 Plasminogen Activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001938 Plasminogen Activators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000001855 Portulaca oleracea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700033844 Pseudomonas aeruginosa toxA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100409194 Rattus norvegicus Ppargc1b gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037422 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100031581 SPARC-like protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 240000003946 Saponaria officinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010084592 Saporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NWGKJDSIEKMTRX-AAZCQSIUSA-N Sorbitan monooleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O NWGKJDSIEKMTRX-AAZCQSIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004398 TNF receptor-associated factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000920 TNF receptor-associated factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004399 TNF receptor-associated factor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000922 TNF receptor-associated factor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003718 TNF receptor-associated factor 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000001 TNF receptor-associated factor 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003714 TNF receptor-associated factor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000009 TNF receptor-associated factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N Technetium-99 Chemical compound [99Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060008683 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710187882 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002776 alpha toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium(3+) Chemical compound [Al+3] REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009175 antibody therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003766 bioinformatics method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003124 biologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-RNFDNDRNSA-N bismuth-213 Chemical compound [213Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-RNFDNDRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical class O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003560 cancer drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940082500 cetostearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- INENPLBOLCGOAH-RFNBFDFKSA-N chembl454708 Chemical compound O1[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C/2=C/C#C[C@H]3O[C@@]3([C@@H]3OC(=O)OC3)C#CC\2=C[C@H]1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC2=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C12 INENPLBOLCGOAH-RFNBFDFKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003283 colorimetric indicator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010835 comparative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001608 connective tissue cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030944 contact inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002498 deadly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N decyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000223 dermal penetration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940096516 dextrates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012631 diagnostic technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013399 early diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010502 episomal replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010195 expression analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005313 fatty acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012215 gene cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003208 gene overexpression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000762 glandular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002337 glycosamines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003569 hematoporphyrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol;octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004687 hexahydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000054751 human RUNX1T1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical group [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012642 immune effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003017 in situ immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002664 inhalation therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011221 initial treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940078545 isocetyl stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000832 lactitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010448 lactitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-JVCRWLNRSA-N lactitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-JVCRWLNRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003451 lactitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000003849 large cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009546 lung large cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037841 lung tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002337 magnesium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000845 maltitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010449 maltitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N maltitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035436 maltitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001370 mediastinum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127554 medical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-WSCXOGSTSA-N melezitose Chemical compound O([C@@]1(O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)O)CO)CO)[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-WSCXOGSTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002923 metal particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010232 migration assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091064355 mitochondrial RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002741 palatine tonsil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940090048 pen injector Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003668 pericyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008251 pharmaceutical emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ORMNNUPLFAPCFD-DVLYDCSHSA-M phenethicillin potassium Chemical compound [K+].N([C@@H]1C(N2[C@H](C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21)C([O-])=O)=O)C(=O)C(C)OC1=CC=CC=C1 ORMNNUPLFAPCFD-DVLYDCSHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026435 phlegm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003123 plant toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127126 plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011505 plaster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004224 pleura Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000724 poly(L-arginine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010011110 polyarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068965 polysorbates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124606 potential therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001855 preneoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003834 purine nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001303 quality assessment method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012925 reference material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002702 ribosome display Methods 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003079 salivary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002955 secretory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000000649 small cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000017572 squamous cell neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940056501 technetium 99m Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JDMUZPCDCYZTJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2,2-diaminoheptanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC(N)(N)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C JDMUZPCDCYZTJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOCSUUGBCMTKJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(2-aminoethyl)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCCN AOCSUUGBCMTKJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWXZMNMLGZGDSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracontanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O CWXZMNMLGZGDSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetratriacontyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000779 thoracic wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013619 trace mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011573 trace mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011820 transgenic animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011824 transgenic rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- VHOCUJPBKOZGJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacontanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O VHOCUJPBKOZGJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073585 tromethamine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000003298 tumor necrosis factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121358 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005483 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010047303 von Willebrand Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036537 von Willebrand factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960001134 von willebrand factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950009268 zinostatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
- C12Q1/6886—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/118—Prognosis of disease development
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/136—Screening for pharmacological compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
Definitions
- the invention relates to compositions and methods useful in therapeutic, diagnostic and screening methods for human cancers and related malignancies.
- Lung cancer is one of the most common malignancies worldwide and is the second leading cause of cancer death in man. See, American Cancer Society, Cancer facts and figures, 1996, Atlanta. Approximately 178,100 new cases of lung cancer were to be diagnosed in 1997, accounting for 13% of cancer diagnoses. An estimated 160,400 deaths due to lung cancer would occur in 1997 accounting for 29% of all cancer deaths, making lung cancer more deadly than the combination of breast, prostrate and colorectal cancers. Jemal, A. et al. (2004) Cancer Statistics 2004, CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians 53:5-26. The one-year survival rates for lung cancer have increased from 32% in 1973 to 41% in 1993, largely due to improvements in surgical techniques. The 5 year survival rate for all stages combined is only 14%. The survival rate is 48% for cases detected wlien the disease is still localized, but only 15% of lung cancers are discovered that early.
- non-small cell lung cancer accounts for nearly 80% of all new lung cancer cases each year.
- Small cell lung cancer is the most malignant and fastest growing form of lung cancer.
- the primary tumor is generally responsive to chemotherapy, but is followed by wide-spread metastasis.
- the median survival time at diagnosis is approximately 1 year, with a 5 year survival rate of 5%.
- surgical resection offers the only chance of meaningful survival.
- non-small cell lung cancer There are five types of non-small cell lung cancer: squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, large cell carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma and undifferentiated carcinoma.
- Adenosquamous carcinomas begin in cells that appear flattened when viewed under a microscope. Undifferentiated carcinoma cells do not appear like normal cells and multiply uncontrollably.
- Squamous cell cancer is the most common type of lung cancer. It develops from the cells that line the airways.
- Adenocarcinoma develops from a glandular or secretory cells that produce mucus (phlegm).
- Large cell lung cancer has been thixs named because the cells look large and rounded when they are viewed under a microscope.
- Non-small cell cancer also is characterized by four clinical stages.
- Stage I is very localized cancer with no cancer in the lymph nodes.
- Stage II cancer has spread to the lymph nodes at the top of the affected lung.
- Stage III cancer has spread near to where the cancer started. This can be to the chest wall, the covering of the lung (pleura), the middle of the chest (mediastinum.) or other lymph nodes.
- Stage IV cancer has spread to another part of the body.
- the present invention provides compositions and methods for aiding in the diagnoses of the condition of a cell, for identifying and/or distinguishing normal and neoplastic cells and for identifying potential therapeutic agents to reverse neoplasia and/or ameliorate the symptoms associated with the presence of neoplastic cells in a subject.
- embodiments of the invention are directed to methods of diagnosing the condition of a cell by screening for the presence of a differentially expressed gene identified in Table 1.
- the differential expression of the gene is indicative of the neoplastic state of a cell of epithelial origin, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
- NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
- Expression can be detected by any appropriate method, including for example, by detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of cDNAv produced from the reverse transcription of the mRNA transcribed from the gene or thte quantity of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene.
- NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
- ovarian ovarian
- breast, prostate and colon cancers e.g., ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
- Expression can be detected by any appropriate method, including for example, by detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the
- Another aspect of the invention is a screen to identify therapeutic agents that reverse or treat neoplasia and tumors, wherein the cell and/or tumor is characterized by the differential expression of a polypeptide or protein identified in Table 1.
- the method comprises contacting the cell previously identified as possessing this genotype with an effective amount of a potential agent and assaying for reversal of the neoplastic condition.
- polynucleotides encoding the proteins, fragment(s) thereof or polypeptides shown in Table 1, (also referred to herein as gene expression product), gene delivery vehicles comprising these polynucleotides and host cells comprising these polynucleotides.
- the proteins, polypeptides or fragrnent(s) thereof are also useful to generate antibodies that specifically recognize and bind to these molecules.
- the antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal. These antibodies can be used to isolate protein or polypeptides expressed from the genes encoding the polypeptides and to detect neoplastic cells or tumors.
- the invention also provides isolated host cells and recombinant host cells that contain a polynucleotide encoding the peptides identified in Table 1 and/or fragments) thereof.
- the cells can be prokaryotic or eukaryotic and by way of example only, can be any one or more of bacterial, yeast, animal, mammalian, fcmman and particular subtypes thereof, e.g., stem cells, antigen presenting cells (APCs) such as dendritic cells (DCs) or T cells.
- APCs antigen presenting cells
- DCs dendritic cells
- kits for ⁇ xse in a diagnostic method or drug screen comprises at least one agent (e.g., probe, primer or antibody) that detects expression of the gene and instructions for use.
- GITR gene refers to at least the ORF of a contiguous polynucleotide sequence and that encodes a protein or polypeptide having the biological activity as set forth herein.
- LocusLink reports that the protein encoded by this gene is a member of the TNF-receptor superfamily. This receptor has been reported to have increased expression upon T-cell activation, and it is thought to play a key role in dominant immunological self-tolerance maintained by CD25(+)CD4(+) regulatory T cells. Knockout studies in mice also suggest the role of this receptor is in the regulation of CD3 -driven T-cell activation and programmed cell death. Three alternatively spliced transcript variants of this gene encoding distinct isoforms have been reported.
- Sequence ID NO.: 1 is one example of a GITR polynucleotide sequence, and others are known in the art, examples of which include, but are not limited to the sequences set forth in Table 1, and the sequences that encode GITR gene expression products as defined herein. Also included within this definition are biologically equivalent sequences such as those sequences that code for the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and those having at least 90% or alternatively, at least 95% sequence homology to an exemplary sequence, such as SEQ ID NO.: 1, and as determined by percent identity sequence analysis run under default parameters. Also within this definition are biologically equivalent genes or polynucleotides that are identified by the ability to hybridize under conditions of high stringency to the minus strand.
- non-human genes the polynucleotide sequences of which are known in the art. See for example, UniGene Cluster Hs.212680. Polynucleotide fragments are also known in the art, and include but are not limited to GenBank Accession numbers: BI911657.1; AI499936.1; AI214481.1; and AI923712.1. These are particularly useful as probes or primers.
- GITR gene expression product, protein or polypeptide includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2 as well as the amino acid sequences transcribed and translated from the GITR genes identified above, without regard to the gene expression system, e.g., bacterial or other prokaryotic cell, yeast cell, mammalian cell such as a simian, bovine or human cell.
- the term includes isolated, naturally occurring polypeptides isolated from tissue samples as well as recombinantly produced proteins and polypeptides.
- the term also includes polypeptides having the amino acid sequences that are at least 90 % or alternatively at least 95% homologous to SEQ ID NO.:2 and which have the biological activity as described herein. Examples of homologous amino acid sequences include, but are not limited to polypeptides have the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2 or other GITR gene expression product that has been modified by conservative amino acid substitutions.
- a cell includes a plurality of cells, including mixtures thereof.
- Polynucleotides can have any three-dimensional structure and may perform any function, known or unknown.
- a polynucleotide can comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs.
- modifications to the nucleotide structure can be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer.
- the sequence of nucleotides can be interrupted by non-nucleotide components.
- a polynucleotide can be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
- the term also refers to both double- and single-stranded molecules. Unless otherwise specified or required, any embodiment of this invention that is a polynucleotide encompasses both the double-stranded form and each of two complementary single-stranded forms known or predicted to make up the double-stranded form.
- a polynucleotide is composed of a specific sequence of four nucleotide bases: adenine (A); cytosine (C); guanine (G); thymine (T); and uracil (U) for guanine when the polynucleotide is RNA.
- a polynucleotide sequence is the alphabetical representation of a polynucleotide molecule. This alphabetical representation can be input into databases in a computer having a central processing unit and used for bioinformatics applications such as functional genomics and homology searching.
- a "gene” refers to a polynucleotide containing at least one open reading frame
- ORF that is capable of encoding a particular polypeptide or protein after being transcribed and translated.
- Any of the polynucleotides sequences described herein may be used to identify larger fragments or full-length coding sequences of the gene with which they are associated. Methods of isolating larger fragment sequences are known to those of skill in the art.
- a “gene product” or alternatively a “gene expression product” refers to the amino acid (e.g., peptide or polypeptide) generated when a gene is transcribed and translated.
- polypeptide is used interchangeably with the term “protein” and in its broadest sense refers to a compound of two or more subunit amino acids, amino acid analogs or peptidomimetics.
- the subunits may be linked by peptide bonds, hi another embodiment, the subunit may be linked by other bonds, e.g., ester, ether, etc.
- amino acid refers to either natural and/or unnatural or synthetic amino acids, including glycine and both the D and L optical isomers, amino acid analogs and peptidomimetics.
- a peptide of three or more amino acids is commonly called an oligopeptide if the peptide chain is short. If the peptide chain is long, the peptide is commonly called a polypeptide or a protein.
- Under transcriptional control is a term well understood in the art and indicates that transcription of a polynucleotide sequence, usually a DNA sequence, depends on its being operatively linked to an element which contributes to the initiation of, or promotes, transcription. "Operatively linked” refers to a juxtaposition wherein the elements are in an arrangement allowing them to function.
- compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others.
- Consisting essentially of when used to define compositions and methods shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination.
- a composition consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude trace contaminants from the isolation and purification method and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as phosphate buffered saline, preservatives and the like.
- Consisting of shall mean excluding more than trace elements of other ingredients and substantial method steps for administering the compositions of this invention. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
- isolated means separated from constituents, cellular and otherwise, in which the polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof, are normally associated with in nature.
- an isolated polynucleotide is separated from the 3' and 5' contiguous nucleotides with which it is normally associated with in its native or natural environment, e.g., on the chromosome.
- a non-naturally occurring polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof does not require “isolation" to distinguish it from its naturally occurring counterpart.
- a "concentrated”, “separated” or “diluted” polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof is distinguishable from its naturally occurring counterpart in that the concentration or number of molecules per volume is greater than "concentrated” or less than “separated” than that of its naturally occurring counterpart.
- a non-naturally occurring polynucleotide is provided as a separate embodiment from the isolated naturally occurring polynucleotide.
- a protein produced in a bacterial cell is provided as a separate embodiment from the naturally occurring protein isolated from a eukaryotic cell in which it is produced in nature.
- Gene delivery is terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a "transgene") into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction.
- exogenous polynucleotide sometimes referred to as a "transgene”
- Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked” polynucleotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun” delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucleotides).
- the introduced polynucleotide may be stably or transiently maintained in the host cell.
- Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon ⁇ e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome.
- an extrachromosomal replicon ⁇ e.g., a plasmid
- a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome a number of vectors are known in the art to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells.
- a “gene delivery vehicle” is defined as any molecule that can carry inserted polynucleotides into a host cell.
- Examples of gene delivery vehicles are liposomes, biocompatible polymers, including natural polymers and synthetic polymers; lipoproteins; polypeptides; polysaccharides; lipopolysaccharides; artificial viral envelopes; recombinant yeast cells, metal particles; and bacteria or viruses, such as bacxilovirus, adenovirus and retrovirus, bacteriophage, cosmid, plasmid, fungal vectors and other recombination vehicles typically used in the art which have been described for expression in a variety of eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts and may be used for gene therapy as well as for simple protein expression.
- a "viral vector” is defined as a recombinantly produced virus or viral particle that comprises a polynucleotide to be delivered into a host cell, either in vivo, ex vivo or in vitro.
- viral vectors include retroviral vectors, adenovirus vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, alphavirus vectors and the like.
- Alphavirus vectors, sucri as Semliki Forest virus-based vectors and Sindbis virus-based vectors, have also been developed for use in gene therapy and immunotherapy. See, Schlesinger and Dubensky (1999) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 5:434-439 and Ying et al. (1999) Nat. Med. 5(7) : 823 -827.
- a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the retroviral genome or part thereof and a therapeutic gene.
- retroviral mediated gene transfer or “retroviral transduction” carries the same meaning and refers to the process by which a gene or nucleic acid sequences are stably transferred into the host cell by virtue of the virus entering the cell and integrating its genome into the host cell genome.
- the virus can enter the host cell via its normal mechanism of infection or be modified , such, that it binds to a different host cell surface receptor or ligand to enter the cell.
- retroviral vector refers to a viral particle capable of introducing exogenous nucleic acid into a cell through a viral or viral-like entry mechanism. Retroviruses carry their genetic information in the form of RNA; however, once the virus infects a cell, the RNA is reverse-transcribed into the DNA form which integrates into the genomic DNA of the infected cell. The integrated DNA form is called a provirus.
- a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the viral genome or part thereof and a transgene.
- Ads are a relatively well characterized, homogenous group of viruses, including over 50 serotypes. See e.g., WO 95/27071. Ads are easy to grow and do not require integration into the host cell genome. Recombinant Ad derived vectors, particularly those that reduce the potential for recombination and generation of wild- type virus, have also been constructed. See e.g., WO 95/00655 and WO 95/11984. Wild-type AAV has high infectivity and specificity integrating into the host cell's genome. See, Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6466- 6470 and Lebkowski et al. (1988) MoI. Cell. Biol. 8:3988-3996.
- Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art. Such vectors are capable of transcribing RNA in vitro or in vivo and are commercially available from sources such as Stratagene (La Jolla, CA) and Promega Biotech (Madison, WI). In order to optimize expression and/or in vitro transcription, it may be necessary to remove, add or alter 5' and/or 3' untranslated portions of the clones to eliminate extra, potential inappropriate alternative translation initiation codons or other sequences that may interfere with or reduce expression, either at the level of transcription or translation. Alternatively, consensus ribosome binding sites can be inserted immediately 5' of the start codon to enhance expression.
- Gene delivery vehicles also include several non- viral vectors, including DNA/liposome complexes, recombinant yeast cells and targeted viral protein-DNA complexes. Liposomes that also comprise a targeting antibody or fragment thereof can be used in the methods of this invention.
- the nucleic acid or proteins of this invention can be conjugated to antibodies or binding fragment(s) thereof which bind cell surface antigens, e.g., TCR, CD3 or CD4.
- a "probe” when used in the context of polynucleotide manipulation refers to an oligonucleotide that is provided as a reagent to detect a target potentially present in a sample of interest by hybridizing with the target.
- a probe will comprise a label or a means by which a label can be attached., either before or subsequent to the hybridization reaction.
- Suitable labels include, hxxt are not limited to radioisotopes, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent compounds, dyes and proteins, including enzymes.
- a “primer” is a short polynucleotide, generally with a free 3' -OH group that binds to a target or “template” potentially present in a sample of interest by hybridizing with the target and, thereafter, promoting polymerization of a polynucleotide complementary to the target.
- a “polymerase chain reaction” (“PCR”) is a reaction in which replicate copies are made of a target polynucleotide using a "pair of primers” or a “set of primers” consisting of an "upstream” and a “downstream” primer and a catalyst of polymerization, such as a DNA polymerase and, typically, a thermally-stable polymerase enzyme.
- PCR A PRACTICAL APPROACH
- All processes of producing replicate copies of a polynucleotide, such as PCR or gene cloning, are collectively referred to herein as "replication.”
- a primer can also be used as a probe in hybridization reactions, such as Southern or Northern blot analyses. Sambrook et al., supra.
- database denotes a set of stored data that represent a collection of sequences, which in turn represent a collection of biological reference materials.
- cDNAs refers to complementary DNA that is mRNA molecules present in a cell or organism made into cDNA with, an enzyme such as reverse transcriptase.
- a "cDNA library” is a collection of all of the mRNA molecules present in a cell or organism, all turned into cDNA molecules with the enzyme reverse transcriptase, then inserted into “vectors” (other DNA molecules that can continue to replicate after addition of foreign DNA).
- vectors for libraries include bacteriophage (also known as "phage"), viruses that infect bacteria, for example, lambda phage. The library can then be probed for the specific cDNA (and thus mRNA) of interest.
- expression refers to the process by which polynucleotides are transcribed into mRNA and/or the process by wiiich the transcribed mRNA is subsequently being translated into peptides, polypeptides or proteins. If the polynucleotide is derived from genomic DNA, expression may include splicing of the mRNA in a eukaryotic cell. "Differentially expressed” as applied to a gene, refers to the differential production of the mRNA transcribed and/or translated from th.e gene or the protein product encoded by the gene. A differentially expressed gene may be overexpressed or underexpressed as compared to the expression level of a normal or control cell.
- overpression as at least 1.25 fold or, alternatively, at least 1.5 fold or, alternatively, at least 2 fold expression over that detected in a normal or healthy counterpart cell or tissue.
- the term "differentially expressed” also refers to nucleotide sequences in a cell or tissue which are expressed where silent in a control cell or not expressed where expressed in a control cell.
- solid phase support or “solid support”, used interchangeably, is not limited to a specific type of support. Rather a large number of supports are available and are known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
- Solid phase supports include silica gels, resins, derivatized plastic films, glass beads, cotton, plastic beads, alumina gels, microarrays and chips.
- solid support also includes synthetic antigen-presenting matrices, cells and liposomes. A suitable solid phase support may be selected on the basis of desired end use and suitability for various protocols.
- solid phase support may refer to resins such as polystyrene (e.g., PAM-resin obtained from Bachem Inc., Peninsula Laboratories, etc.), POLYHIPE® resin (obtained from Aminotech, Canada), polyamide resin (obtained from Peninsula Laboratories), polystyrene resin grafted with polyethylene glycol (TentaGel®, Rapp Polymere, Tubingen, Germany) o ⁇ polydimethylacrylamide resin (obtained from Milligen/Biosearch, California).
- polystyrene e.g., PAM-resin obtained from Bachem Inc., Peninsula Laboratories, etc.
- POLYHIPE® resin obtained from Aminotech, Canada
- polyamide resin obtained from Peninsula Laboratories
- polystyrene resin grafted with polyethylene glycol TeentaGel®, Rapp Polymere, Tubingen, Germany
- a polynucleotide also can be attached to a solid support for use in high. throughput screening assays.
- PCT WO 97/10365 discloses the construction of high density oligonucleotide chips. See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,405,783; 5,412,087; and 5,445,934.
- the probes are synthesized on a derivatized glass surface also known as chip arrays.
- Photoprotected nucleoside phosphoramidites are coupled to the glass surface, selectively deprotected by photolysis through a photolithographic mask and reacted with a second protected nucleoside phosphoramidite. The coupling/deprotection process is repeated until the desired probe is complete.
- Hybridization refers to a reaction in which one or more polynucleotides react to form a complex that is stabilized via hydrogen bonding between the bases of the nucleotide residues.
- the hydrogen bonding may occur by Watson-Crick: base pairing, Hoogstein binding or in any other sequence-specific manner.
- the complex may comprise two strands forming a duplex structure, three or more strands forming a multi-stranded complex, a single self-hybridizing strand or any combination of these.
- a hybridization reaction may constitute a step in a more extensive process, such as the initiation of a PCR reaction or the enzymatic cleavage of a polynucleotide by a ribozyme.
- Hybridization reactions can be performed under conditions of differe ⁇ nt
- stringency In general, a low stringency hybridization reaction is carried out at about 40 0 C in 1Ox SSC or a solution of equivalent ionic strength/temperature. A moderate stringency hybridization is typically performed at about 50 0 C in 6:x SSC, and a high stringency hybridization reaction is generally performed at about ⁇ >0 0 C in Ix SSC.
- hybridization occurs in an antiparallel configuration between tvvo single-stranded polynucleotides, the reaction is called “annealing" and those polynucleotides are described as “complementary”.
- a double-stranded polynucleotide can be “complementary” or “homologous” to another polynucleotide, if hybridization can occur between one of the strands of the first polynucleotide and the second.
- “Complementarity” or “homology” is quantifiable in terms of the proportion of bases in opposing strands that are expected to form hydrogen bonding with each other-, according to generally accepted base-pairing rules.
- a polynucleotide or polynucleotide region has a certain percentage (for example, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95%) of "sequence identity" to another sequence means that, when aligned, that percentage of bases (or amino acids) are the same in comparing the two sequences.
- This alignment and the percent homology or sequence identity can be determined using software programs known in the art, for example those described in CURRENT PROTOCOLS EN
- MOLECULAR BIOLOGY F.M. Ausubel et al, eds., 1987) Supplement 30, section 7.7.18, Table 7.7.1.
- default parameters are used for alignment.
- a preferred alignment program is BLAST, using default parameters.
- Hyperplasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation involving an increase in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significant alteration in structure orrhythm.
- Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type of fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of differentiated cell. Metaplasia can occur in epithelial or connective tissue cells. Atypical metaplasia involves a somewhat disorderly metaplastic epithelium.
- Neoplastic cells As used herein, the terms “neoplastic cells”, “neoplasia”, “tumor”, “tumor cells”, “cancer” and “cancer cells”, (used interchangeably) refer to cells which exhibit relatively autonomous growth, so that they exhibit an aberrant growth phenotype characterized by a significant loss of control of cell proliferation (i.e., de-regulated cell division). Neoplastic cells can be malignant or benign. A metastatic cell or tissue means that the cell can invade and destroy neighboring body structures. "Suppressing" tumor growth indicates a growth state that is curtailed wlien compared to growth without therapeutic intervention.
- Tumor cell growth can b»e assessed by any means known in the art, including, but not limited to, measuring tumor size, determining whether tumor cells are proliferating using a 3 H-thymicline incorporation assay or counting tumor cells. "Suppressing" tumor cell growth means any or all of the following states: slowing, delaying and stopping tumor growth., as well as tumor shrinkage.
- antigen is well understood in the art and includes substances which are immunogenic.
- the term as used herein also includes substances which induce immunological unresponsiveness or anergy.
- a "native” or “natural” or “wild-type” antigen is a polypeptide, protein or a fragment which contains an epitope and which has been isolated from a natural biological source. It also can specifically bind to an antigen receptor.
- an “antibody” includes whole antibodies and any antigen binding fragment or a single chain thereof.
- the term “antibody” includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule. Examples of such include, but are not limited to a complementarity determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework (FR) region, or any portion thereof, or at least one portion of a binding protein, any of which can be incorporated into an antibody of the present invention.
- CDR complementarity determining region
- the antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal and can be isolated from any suitable biological source, e.g., murine, rat, sheep and canine. Additional sources are identified infra.
- antibody is further intended to encompass digestion fragments, specified portions, derivatives and variants thereof, including antibody mimetics or comprising portions of antibodies that mimic the structure and/or function of an antibody or specified fragment or portion thereof, including single chain antibodies and fragments thereof.
- binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen binding portion" of an antibody include a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH, domains; a F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH, domains; a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, a dAb fragment (Ward et al.
- VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv)).
- scFv single chain Fv
- Single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "fragment of an antibody.” Any of the above-noted antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those of skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for binding specificity and neutralization activity in the same manner as are intact antibodies.
- epitope means a protein determinant capable of specific binding to an antibody.
- Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. Conformational and nonconformational epitopes are distinguished in that the binding to the former but not the latter is lost in the presence of denaturing solvents.
- antibody derivative is intended to encompass molecules that bind an epitope as defined above and which are modifications or derivatives of a native monoclonal antibody of this invention.
- Derivatives include, but are not limited to, for example, bispecific, multispeciflc, heterospecific, trispecific, tetraspecif ⁇ c, multispecific antibodies, diabodies, chimeric, recombinant and humanized.
- bispecific molecule is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has two different binding specificities.
- multispecific molecule or “heterospecific molecule” is intended to include any agent, e.g. a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has more than two different binding specificities.
- heteroantibodies refers to two or more antibodies, antibody binding fragments ⁇ e.g., Fab), derivatives thereof, or antigen binding regions linked together, at least two of which have different specificities.
- human antibody as used herein, is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
- the human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences ⁇ e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo).
- human antibody as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
- human antibody refers to an antibody in which substantially every part of the protein (e.g., CDR, framework, C L , C H domains (e.g., C H1 , CH 2 , CH 3 ), hinge, (VL, V H )) is substantially non-immunogenic in humans, with only minor sequence changes or variations.
- antibodies designated primate monkey, baboon, chimpanzee, etc.
- rodent mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, hamster, and the like
- other mammals designate such species, sub-genus, genus, sub-family, family specific antibodies.
- chimeric antibodies include any combination of the above. Such changes or variations optionally and preferably retain or reduce the immunogenicity in humans or other species relative to non-modified antibodies.
- a human antibody is distinct from a chimeric or humanized antibody.
- a human antibody can be produced by a non-human animal or prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell that is capable of expressing functionally rearranged human immunoglobulin (e.g., heavy chain and/or light chain) genes.
- a human antibody when a human antibody is a single chain antibody, it can comprise a linker peptide that is not found in native human antibodies.
- an Fv can comprise a linker peptide, such as two to about eight glycine or other amino acid residues, which connects the variable region of the heavy chain and the variable region of the light chain.
- linker peptides are considered to be of human origin.
- a human antibody is "derived from” a particular germline sequence if the antibody is obtained from a system using human immunoglobulin sequences, e.g., by immunizing a transgenic mouse carrying human immunoglobulin genes or by screening a human immunoglobulin gene library.
- a human antibody that is "derived from” a human germline immunoglobulin sequence can be identified as such by comparing the amino acid sequence of the human antibody to the amino acid sequence of human germline immunoglobulins.
- a selected human antibody typically is at least 90% identical in amino acids sequence to an amino acid sequence encoded by a human germline immunoglobulin gene and contains amino acid residues that identify the human antibody as being human when compared to the germline immunoglobulin amino acid sequences of other species (e.g., murine germline sequences).
- a human antibody may be at least 95%, or even at least 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical in amino acid sequence to the amino acid sequence encoded by the germline immunoglobulin gene.
- a human antibody derived from a particular human germline sequence will display no more than 10 amino acid differences from the amino acid sequence encoded by the human germline immunoglobulin gene.
- the human antibody may display no more than 5, or even no more than 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid difference from the amino acid sequence encoded by the germline immunoglobulin gene.
- monoclonal antibody or “monoclonal antibody composition” as used herein refer to a preparation of antibody molecules of single molecular composition.
- a monoclonal antibody composition displays a single binding specificity and affinity for a particular epitope.
- a “human monoclonal antibody” refers to antibodies displaying a single binding specificity which have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
- recombinant human antibody includes all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic or transchromosomal for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom, antibodies isolated from a host cell transformed to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library, and antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences.
- Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
- such recombinant human antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
- transgenic, nonhuman animal refers to a nonhuman animal having a genome comprising one or more human heavy and/or light chain transgenes or transchromosomes (either integrated or non-integrated into the animal's natural genomic DNA) and which is capable of expressing folly human antibodies.
- a transgenic rat can have a human light chain transgene and either a human heavy chain transgene or human heavy chain transchromosome, such that the rat produces human anti-INF- ⁇ antibodies.
- the human heavy chain transgene can be integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the rat, or the human heavy chain transgene can be maintained extrachromosomally.
- Transgenic and transchromosomal animals are capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to Alpha V (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching.
- composition is also intended to encompass a combination of active agent and another carrier, e.g., compound or composition, inert (for example, a detectable agent or label) or active, such as an adjirvant, diluent, binder, stabilizer, buffers, salts, lipophilic solvents, preservative, adjuvant or the like.
- carrier e.g., compound or composition
- inert for example, a detectable agent or label
- active such as an adjirvant, diluent, binder, stabilizer, buffers, salts, lipophilic solvents, preservative, adjuvant or the like.
- Carriers also include pharmaceutical excipients and additives proteins, peptides, amino acids, lipids, and carbohydrates (e.g., sugars, including monosaccharides, di ⁇ , tri-, terra-, and oligosaccharides; derivatized sugars sucli as alditols, aldonic acids, esterified sugars and the like; and polysaccharides or sugar polymers), which can be present singly or in combination, comprising alone or in combination 1-99.99% by weight or volume.
- Exemplary protein excipients include serum albumin such as human serum albumin (HSA), recombinant human albumin (rHA), gelatin, casein, and the like.
- amino acid/antibody components which can also function in a buffering capacity, include alanine, glycine, arginine, betaine, histidine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, cysteine, lysine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, methionine, phenylalanine, aspartame, and the like.
- Carbohydrate excipients are also intended within the scope of this invention, examples of which include but are not limited to monosaccharides such as fructose, maltose, galactose, glucose, D-mannose, sorbose, and the like; disaccharides, such as lactose, sucrose, trehalose, cellobiose, and the like; polysaccharides, such as raffmose, melezitose, maltodextrins, dextrans, starches, and the like; and alditols, such as mannitol, xylitol, maltitol, lactitol, xylitol sorbitol (glucitol) and myoinositol.
- monosaccharides such as fructose, maltose, galactose, glucose, D-mannose, sorbose, and the like
- disaccharides such as lactose, sucrose,
- the term carrier further includes a buffer or a pH adjusting agent; typically, the buffer is a salt prepared from an organic acid or base.
- Representative buffers include organic acid salts such as salts of citric acid, ascorbic acid, gluconic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, or phthalic acid; Tris, tromethamine hydrochloride, or phosphate buffers.
- Additional carriers include polymeric excipients/additives such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, ficolls (a polymeric sugar), dextrates (e.g., cyclodextrins, such as 2 -hydroxypropyl-. quadrature.
- polyethylene glycols polyethylene glycols
- flavoring agents e.g., polysorbates such as 'TWEEN 20" and "TWEEN 80”
- surfactants e.g., polysorbates such as 'TWEEN 20" and "TWEEN 80”
- lipids ⁇ e.g. , phospholipids, fatty acids
- steroids e.g., cholesterol
- chelating agents e.g., EDTA
- the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” encompasses any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers, such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, and emulsions, such as an oil/water or water/oil emulsion, and various types of wetting agents.
- the compositions also can include stabilizers and preservatives and any of the above noted carriers with the additional provisio that they be acceptable for use in vivo.
- stabilizers and adjuvants see Martin REMINGTON'S PHARM. SCL, 15th Ed. (Mack Publ. Co., Easton (1975) and Williams & Williams, (1995), and in the "PHYSICIAN'S DESK REFERENCE", 52 nd ed., Medical Economics, Monrvale, N.J. (1998).
- an “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results.
- An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages.
- the invention provides an antibody or a variant, derivative or fragment thereof that specifically recognizes and binds an epitope on the polgreplide or protein expressed by a gene identified in Table 1.
- the antibodies are isolated.
- they are combined with a suitable carrier.
- the antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal and can be isolated from any species, murine, rat, simian, or recobminantly produced and isolated.
- the hybridoma cell lines that produce these monoclonal antibodies, alone in combination with a carrier or in culture.
- a polypeptide that comprises an antibody, variant, derivative or fragment thereof, including but not limited to immunoglobulin chains and CDRs.
- the present invention further provides an anti-idiotypic antibody.
- An anti- idiotype antibody includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule, such as but not limited to at least one complementarity determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework region, or any portion thereof, that can be incorporated into an antibody of the present invention.
- An anti-idiotype antibody of the invention can include or be derived from any mammal, such as but not limited to a human, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a rodent, a primate, and the like.
- This invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes an antibody of this invention, alone in combination with vectors, carriers, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, and host cells.
- the present invention further provides, in one aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising, complementary, or hybridizing to, a polynucleotide encoding at least one antibody or anti-idiotype antibody of this invention, comprising at least one specified sequence, domain, portion or variant thereof.
- the present invention further provides recombinant vectors comprising the nucleotides, host cells containing the nucleic acids and/or recombinant vectors, as well as methods of making and/or using such nucleic acids, vectors and/or host cells. Methods for isolating, replicating and expressing polynucleotides are known in the art and described infra.
- One or more of the above can be further combined with a carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or medical device which is suitable for use of the antibody or related composition in diagnostic or therapeutic methods.
- the carrier can be a liquid phase carrier or solid phase carrier, e.g., bead, gel or carrier molecule such as a liposome.
- the composition can optionally further comprise at least one further compound, protein or composition.
- An additional example of "carriers" includes therapeutically active agents such as another peptide or protein ⁇ e.g., an Fab' fragment).
- an antibody of this invention, variant, derivative or fragment thereof can be functionally linked (e.g., by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., to produce a bispecific or a multispecific antibody), a cytotoxin, a cellular ligand or an antigen.
- this invention encompasses a large variety of antibody conjugates, bi- and multispecific molecules, and fusion proteins, whether or not they target the same epitope as the antibodies of this invention.
- organic molecules also termed modifying agents or activating agents, that can be covalently attached, directly or indirectly, to an antibody of this invention. Attachment of the molecule can improve pharmacokinetic properties (e.g., increased in vivo serum half-life).
- organic molecules include, but are not limited to a hydrophilic polymeric group, a fatty acid group or a fatty acid ester group.
- fatty acid encompasses mono-carboxylic acids and di-carboxylic acids.
- Hydrophilic polymers suitable for modifying antibodies of the invention can be linear or branched and include, for example, polyalkane glycols (e.g., PEG, monomethoxy-polyethylene glycol (mPEG), PPG and the like), carbohydrates (e.g., dextran, cellulose, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides and the like), polymers of hydrophilic amino acids (e.g., polylysine, polyarginine, polyaspartate and the like), polyalkane oxides (e.g., polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and the like) and polyvinyl pyrolidone.
- polyalkane glycols e.g., PEG, monomethoxy-polyethylene glycol (mPEG), PPG and the like
- carbohydrates e.g., dextran, cellulose, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides and the like
- polymers of hydrophilic amino acids e.g., polylysine,
- a suitable hydrophilic polymer that modifies the antibody of the invention has a molecular weight of about 800 to about 150,000 Daltons as a separate molecular entity.
- the hydrophilic polymeric group can be substituted with one to about six alkyl, fatty acid or fatty acid ester groups.
- Hydrophilic polymers that are substituted witih a fatty acid or fatty acid ester group can be prepared by employing suitable methods. For example, a polymer comprising an amine group can be coupled to a carboxylate of the fatty acid or fatty acid ester, and an activated carboxylate (e.g.
- activated with N, N-carbonyl diimidazole) on a fatty acid or fatty acid ester can be coupled to a hydroxyl group on a polymer.
- Fatty acids and fatty acid esters suitable for modifying antibodies of the invention can be saturated or can contain one or more units of unsaturation.
- Examples of such include, but are not limited to n-dodecanoate, n-tetradecanoate, n- octadecanoate, n-eicosanoate, n-docosanoate, n-triacontanoate, n-tetracontanoate, cis- .DELTA.9-octadecanoate, all cis-.DELTA.5,8,l 1 , 14-eicosatetraenoate, octanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, and the like.
- Suitable fatty acid esters include mono-esters of dicarboxylic acids that comprise a linear or branched lower alkyl group.
- the lower alkyl group can comprise from one to about twelve, preferably one to about six, carbon atoms.
- the present invention provides a transgenic nonhuman. animal, such as a transgenic mouse (also referred to herein as a "HuMAb mouse"), which expresses a fully human monoclonal antibody that neutralizes at least one protein subtype similar to an antibody of this invention as defined above.
- the transgenic nonhuman animal is a transgenic mouse having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene encoding all or a portion of an anti-alpha V antibody of the invention.
- the transgenic no ⁇ ihuman animal e.g., the transgenic mouse, is capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to an epitope of interest by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching. Isotype switching may occur by, e.g., classical or non-classical isotype switching.
- the invention provides isolated cells derived or isolated from a transgenic nonhuman animal as described above, e.g., a transgenic mouse, which express human antibodies.
- the isolated B-cells can then be immortalized by fusion to an immortalized cell to provide a source (e.g., a hybridoma) of human antibodies.
- a source e.g., a hybridoma
- the present invention further provides at least one antibody method or composition, for diagnosing a cancer of epithelial origin, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate or colon cancer, in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient and/or, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related condition, as known in the art and/or as described herein. They are also used to prognose or monitor disease progression.
- a cancer of epithelial origin e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate or colon cancer
- NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
- the compositions include, for example, pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions/kits, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one antibody of this invention, variant, derivative or fragment thereof.
- the composition can further comprise additional antibodies or therapeutic agents which in combination, provide multiple therapies tailored to provide the maximum therapeutic benefit.
- a composition of this invention can be co-administered with other therapeutic and cytotoxic agents, whether or not linked to them or administered in the same dosing. They can be coadministered simultaneou-sly with such agents (e.g., in a single composition or separately) or can be administered before or after administration of such agents.
- agents can include corticosteroids, nonsteroidal immune suppressants, antimalarials, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
- the compositions can be combined with alternative therapies sucti as administration of corticosteroids, nonsteroidal immune suppressants, antimalarials, and nonsteroidal anti-inflamatory drugs.
- the methods of this invention can be practiced either in vitro or in vivo. When practiced in vitro, the methods require contacting the cells with (e.g., administering or delivering to the cells) one or more antibodies and/or related therapeutic compositions, derivatives etc. containing the antibodies as described above.
- the antibodies and compositions can be delivered by any suitable means and with any suitable formulation. Accordingly, a formulation comprising an antibody of this invention is further provided herein.
- the formulation can further comprise one or more preservative or stabilizer such as phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrite, phenoxyethanol, formaldehyde, chlorobutanol, magnesium chloride (e.g., hexahydrate), alkylparaben (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzetho ⁇ ium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and thimerosal, or mixtures thereof in an aqueous diluent.
- preservative or stabilizer such as phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, phenylmercuric
- Any suitable concentration or mixture can be used as known in the art, such as 0.001-5%, or any range or value therein, such as, but not limited to 0.0O1, 0.003, 0.005, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.05, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, O.4., 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or any range or value therein.
- Non-limiting examples include, no preservative, 0.1 -2% m-cresol (e.g., 0.2, 0.3. 0.4, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.1-3% benzyl alcohol (e.g., 0.5, O.S>, 1.1., 1.5, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5%), 0.001-0.5% thimerosal (e.g., 0.005, 0.01), 0.001-2.0°/6 phenol (e.g., 0.05, 0.25, 0.28, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.0005-1.0% alkylparaben(s) (e.g., 0.0O075, 0.0009, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.0075, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.075, 0.09, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 0.9, and 1.0%).
- 0.1 -2% m-cresol e.g., 0.2, 0.3. 0.4,
- the invention provides an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material and at least one vial comprising a solution of at least antibody as of this invention with the prescribed buffers and/or preservatives, optionally in an aqueous diluent, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that indicates that such solution can be held over a period of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36,40, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 hours or greater.
- the invention further comprises an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material, a first vial comprising at least one lyophilized antibody of this invention and a second vial comprising an aqueous diluent of prescribed buffer or preservative, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that instructs a patient to reconstitute the an ⁇ body in the aqueous diluent to form a solution that can be held over a period of twenty- four hours or greater.
- the range antibody includes amounts yielding upon r ⁇ constitution, if in a wet/dry system, concentrations from about 1.0 ⁇ g/ml to about 1000 mg/ml, although lower and higher concentrations are operable and are dependent on the intended delivery vehicle, e.g., solution formulations will differ from transdermal patch, pulmonary, transmucosal, or osmotic or micro pump methods .
- the formulations of the present invention can be prepared by a process which comprises mixing at least one antibody of this invention and a preservative selected from the group consisting of phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, alkylparaben, (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and tliimerosal or mixtures thereof in an aqueous diluent.
- a preservative selected from the group consisting of phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, alkylparaben, (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and tliimerosal or mixtures thereof in an
- a measured amount of at least one antibody in buffered solution is combined with the desired preservative in a buffered solution in quantities sufficient to provide the antibody and preservative at the desired concentrations.
- Variations of this process would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., the order the components are added, whether additional additives are used, the temperature and pH at which the formulation is prepared, are all factors that can be optimized for the concentration and means of administration used.
- the compositions and formulations can be provided to patients as clear solutions or as dual vials comprising a vial of lyophilized antibody that is reconstituted with a second vial containing the aqueous diluent.
- Recognized devices comprising these single vial systems include those pen-injector devices for delivery of a solution such as BD Pens, BD Autojectore, Humaject.RTM.' NovoPen.RTM., B- D.RTM.Pen, AutoPen.RTM., and OptiPen.RTM., GenotropinPen.RTM., Genotronorm Pen.RTM., Humatro Pen.RTM., Reco-Pen.RTM., Roferon Pen.RTM., Biojector.RTM., iject.RTM., J-tip Needle-Free Injector.RTM., Intraject.RTM., Medi- Ject.RTM., e.g., as made or developed by Becton Dickensen (Frankl)
- the antibodies of this invention are monoclonal antibodies, although in certain aspects, polyclonal antibodies can be utilized. They also can be functional fragments, antibody derivatives or antibody variants. They can be chimeric, humanized, or totally human. A functional fragment of an antibody includes but is not limited to Fab, Fab', Fab2, Fab'2, and single chain variable regions. Antibodies can be produced in cell culture, in phage, or in various animals, including but not limited to cows, rabbits, goats, mice, rats, hamsters, guinea pigs, sheep, dogs, cats, monkeys, chimpanzees, apes, etc. So long as the fragment or derivative retains specificity of binding or neutralization ability as the antibodies of this invention it can be used.
- Antibodies can be tested for specificity of binding by comparing binding to appropriate antigen to binding to irrelevant antigen or antigen mixture under a given set of conditions. If the antibody binds to the appropriate antigen at least 2, 5, 7, and preferably 10 times more than to irrelevant antigen or antigen mixture then it is considered to be specific.
- Specific assays e.g., ELISA, for determining specificity are known in the art.
- the antibodies also are characterized by their ability to specifically recognize and bind an epitope of interest.
- a hybridoma is produced by fusing a suitable immortal cell line ⁇ e.g., a myeloma cell line such as, but not limited to, Sp2/0, Sp2/0-AG14, NSO, NSl, NS2, AE-I, L.5, >243, P3X63Ag8.653, Sp2 SA3, Sp2 MAI, Sp2 SSl, Sp2 SA5, U397, MLA 144, ACT IV, M0LT4, DA-I, JURKAT, WEHI, K-562, COS, RAJI, NIH 3T3, HL-60, MLA 144, NAMAIWA, NEURO 2A, CHO, PerC.6, YB2/O) or the like, or heteromyelomas, fusion products thereof, or any cell or fusion cell derived therefrom, or any other suitable cell line as known in
- Antibody producing cells can also be obtained from the peripheral blood or, preferably the spleen or lymph nodes, of humans or other suitable animals that have been immunized with the antigen of interest. Any other suitable host cell can also be used for expressing-heterologous or endogenous nucleic acid encoding an antibody, specified fragment or variant thereof, of the present invention.
- the fused cells (hybridomas) or recombinant cells can be isolated using selective culture conditions or other suitable known methods, and cloned by limiting dilution or cell sorting, or other known methods.
- Suitable methods of producing or isolating antibodies of the requisite specificity can be used, including, but not limited to, methods that select recombinant antibody from a peptide or protein library (e.g., but not limited to, a bacteriophage, ribosome, oligonucleotide, RNA, cDNA, or the like, display library; e.g., as available from various commercial vendors such as Cambridge Antibody Technologies (Cambridgeshire, UK), MorphoSys (Martinsreid/Planegg, Del.), Biovation (Aberdeen, Scotland, UK) Biolnvent (Lund, Sweden), using methods known in the art. See U.S. Pat. Nos.
- Antibody variants of the present invention can also be prepared using delivering a polynucleotide encoding an antibody of this invention to a suitable host such as to provide transgenic animals or mammals, such as goats, cows, horses, sheep, and the like, that produce such antibodies in their milk. These methods are known in the art and are described for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,827,690; 5,849,992; 4,873,316; 5,849,992; 5,994,616; 5,565,362; and 5,304,489.
- the term "antibody variant” includes post-translational modification to linear polypeptide sequence of the antibody or fragment. For example, U.S. Patent No.
- 6,602,684 Bl describes a method for the generation of modified glycol-forms of antibodies, including whole antibody molecules, antibody fragments, or fusion proteins that include a region equivalent to the Fc region of an immunoglobulin, having enhanced Fc-mediated cellular toxicity, and glycoproteins so generated.
- Antibody variants also can be prepared by delivering a polynucleotide of this invention to provide transgenic plants and cultured plant cells (e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed) that produce such antibodies, specified portions or variants in the plant parts or in cells cultured therefrom.
- transgenic plants and cultured plant cells e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed
- transgenic plants and cultured plant cells e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed
- transgenic plants and cultured plant cells e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed
- transgenic plants and cultured plant cells e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed
- Antibody variants have also been produced in large amounts from transgenic plant seeds including antibody fragments, such as single chain antibodies (scFv's), including tobacco seeds and potato tubers. See, e.g., Conrad et al.(1998) Plant MoI. Biol. 38:101-109 and reference cited therein.
- scFv's single chain antibodies
- Antibody derivatives can be produced, for example, by adding exogenous sequences to modify immunogenicity or reduce, enhance or modify binding, affinity, on-rate, off-rate, avidity, specificity, half-life, or any other suitable characteristic. Generally part or all of the non-human or human CDR sequences are maintained while the non-human sequences of the variable and constant regions are replaced with human or other amino acids.
- the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding.
- Humanization or engineering of antibodies of the present invention can be performed using any known method, such as but not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,723,323, 5,976,862, 5,824,514, 5,817,483, 5,814,476, 5,763,192, 5,723,323, 5,766,886, 5,714,352, 6,204,023, 6,180,370, 5,693,762, 5,530,101, 5,585,089, 5,225,539; and 4,816,567.
- Fully human antibody sequences are made in a transgenic mouse which has been engineered to express human heavy and light chain antibody genes. Multiple strains of such transgenic mice have been made which can produce different classes of antibodies. B cells from transgenic mice which are producing a desirable antibody can be fused to make hybridoma cell lines for continuous production of the desired antibody.
- Human monoclonal antibodies can also be produced by a hybridoma which includes a B cell obtained from a transgenic nonhuman animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell.
- the antibodies of this invention also can be modified to create chimeric antibodies.
- Chimeric antibodies are those in which the various domains of the antibodies' heavy and light chains are coded for by DNA from more than one species. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No.: 4,816,567.
- the term "antibody derivative” also includes "diabodies” which are small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, wherein fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (V L ) in the same polypeptide chain (VH V L ).
- VH heavy chain variable domain
- V L light chain variable domain
- antibody derivative further includes “linear antibodies”.
- linear antibodies The procedure for making the is known in the art and described in Zapata et al. (1995) Protein Eng. 8(10):1057-1062. Briefly, these antibodies comprise a pair of tandem Fd segments (V H -CH 1-VH -C H I) which form a pair of antigen binding regions. Linear antibodies can be bispecific or monospecific.
- the antibodies of this invention can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by known methods including, but not limited to, protein A purification, ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography;, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”) can also be used for purification.
- Antibodies of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a eukaryotic host, including, for example, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells, or alternatively from a prokaryotic cells as described above.
- antibodies can be labeled with a detectable moiety such as a radioactive atom, a chromophore, a fluorophore, or the like.
- a detectable moiety such as a radioactive atom, a chromophore, a fluorophore, or the like.
- Such labeled antibodies can be used for diagnostic techniques, either in vivo, or in an isolated test sample.
- Antibodies can also be conjugated, for example, to a pharmaceutical agent, such as chemotherapeutic drug or a toxin. They can be linked to a cytokine, to a ligand, to another antibody.
- Suitable agents for coupling to antibodies to achieve an anti-tumor effect include cytokines, such as interleukin 2 (IL- 2) and Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF); photosensitizers, for use in photodynamic therapy, including aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulfonate, hematoporphyrin, and phthalocyanine; radionuclides, such as iodine-131 ( 131 I), yttrium-90 ( 90 Y), bismuth-212 ( 212 Bi), bismuth-213 ( 213 Bi), technetium-99m ( 99m Tc), rhenium-186 ( 186 Re), and rhenium-188 ( 188 Re); antibiotics, such as doxorubicin, adriamycin, daunorubicin, methotrexate, daunomycin, neocarzinostatin, and carboplatin; bacterial, plant, and other toxins, such as diphtheria
- preparations containing antibodies covalently linked to organic molecules they can be prepared using suitable methods, such as by reaction with one or more modifying agents.
- modifying agents refers to a suitable organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester) that comprises an activating group. Specific examples of these are provided supra.
- An "activating group” is a chemical moiety or functional group that can, under appropriate conditions, react with a second chemical group thereby forming a covalent bond between the modifying agent and the second chemical group.
- electrophilic groups such as tosylate, mesylate, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo), N- hydroxysuccinimidyl esters (NHS), and the like.
- Activating groups that can react with thiols include, for example, maleimide, iodoacetyl, acrylolyl, pyridyl disulfides, 5- thiol-2-nitrobenzoic acid thiol (TNB-thiol), and the like.
- An aldehyde functional group can be coupled to amine- or hydrazide-containing molecules, and an azide group can react with a trivalent phosphorous group to form phosphoramidate or phosphorimide linkages.
- Suitable methods to introduce activating groups into molecules are known in the art (see for example, Hermanson, G. T.,
- An activating group can be bonded directly to the organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, fatty acid, fatty acid ester), or through a linker moiety, for example a divalent C 1 -C 12 group wherein one or more carbon atoms can be replaced by a fcieteroatom such as oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur.
- Suitable linker moieties include, for example, tetraethylene glycol.
- Modifying agents that comprise a linker moiety can be produced, for example, by reacting a mono-Boc-alkyldiamine (e.g., mono-Boc- ethylenediamine, mono-Boc-diaminohexane) with a fatty acid in the presence of 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) to form an amide bond between the free amine and the fatty acid carboxylate.
- a mono-Boc-alkyldiamine e.g., mono-Boc- ethylenediamine, mono-Boc-diaminohexane
- EDC 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
- the Boc protecting group can be removed from the product by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) to expose a primary amine that can be coupled to another carboxylate as described, or can be reacted with maleic anhydride and the resulting product cyclized to produce an activated maleimido derivative of the fatty acid.
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- the modified antibodies of the invention can be produced by reacting a human antibody or antigen-binding fragment with a modifying agent.
- the organic moieties can be bonded to the antibody in a non-site specific manner by employing an amine-reactive modifying agent, for example, an NHS ester of PEG.
- Modified human antibodies or antigen-binding fragments can also be prepared by reducing disulfide bonds (e.g.
- Modified human antibodies and antigen-binding fragments comprising an organic moiety that is bonded to specific sites of an antibody of the present invention can be prepared using suitable methods, such as reverse proteolysis. See generally, Hermanson, G. T., BIOCONJUGATE TECHNIQUES, Academic Press: San Diego, Calif. (1996). POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES
- Polynucleotides, polypeptides and fragment(s) thereof can be obtained by using the sequence information provided in Table 1 (and the sequence listing infra) and chemical synthesis using a commercially available automated peptide synthesizer such as those manufactured by Perkin Elmer/Applied Biosystems, Inc., Model 430A or 43 IA, Foster City, CA, USA.
- the synthesized protein or polypeptide can be precipitated and further purified, for example by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- this invention also provides a process for chemically synthesizing the proteins of this invention by providing the sequence of the protein and reagents, such, as amino acids and enzymes and linking together the amino acids in the proper orientation and linear sequence.
- proteins and polypeptides can be obtained by well-known recombinant methods as described herein using the host cell and vector systems as described herein.
- the host cell can be prokaryotic or eukaryotic. Host cell systems are described supra.
- this invention provides various methods for aiding in the diagnosis of the state of a cell that is characterized by abnormal cell growth in the form of, e.g., malignancy, hyperplasia or metaplasia.
- the methods are particularly useful for aiding in the diagno sis of cancers of epithelial origin, e.g. , non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancer.
- NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
- the neoplastic state of a cell can be determined by noting whether the growth of the cell is not governed by the usual limitation of normal growth.
- the term also is to include genotypic changes that occur prior to detection of this growth in the form of a tumor and are causative of these phenotypic changes.
- the phenotypic changes associated with the neoplastic state of a cell include a more rounded cell morphology, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, release of proteases such as plasminogen activator, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, expression of fetal antigens and the like. (See, Luria et al. (1978) GENERAL VIROLOGY, 3 d edition, 436-446 (John Wiley & Sons, New York)).
- one embodiment is a method of " diagnosing the condition of a cell by screening for the presence of a differentially expressed polynucleotide or polypeptide isolated from a sample containing or suspected of containing having cells that express said gene, in which the differential expression of the gene is indicative of the neoplastic state of the cell.
- the gene is expressed more in a cancer or tumor cell, wherein said cell is one or more of lung, ovarian or prostate, as compared to a counterpart normal or healthy cell or tissue.
- Detection can be by any appropriate method, including for example, detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of cDNA produced from the reverse transcription of the mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene.
- Pxobes for each of these methods are provided by reverse translating the peptides identified in Table 1 and using the polynucleotides encoding the peptides. These methods can be performed on a sample by sample basis or modified for high throughput analysis. Additionally, databases containing quantitative full or partial transcripts or protein sequences isolated from a cell sample can be searched and analyzed for the presence and amount of transcript or expressed gene product. In one aspect, the database contains at least one of the sequences shown in Table 1 and/or the polynucleotide encoding it.
- gene expression is determined by noting the amount (if any, e.g., altered) expression of the gene in the test system at the level of an mRNA transcribed from the gene of interest.
- augmentation of the level of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene of interest is indicative of the presence of the neoplastic condition of the cell.
- the method can be used for aiding in the diagnosis of lung, ovarian or prostate cancer. Thus, by detecting this genotype prior to tumor growth, one can predict a predisposition to cancer and/or provide early diagnosis and treatment.
- Cell or tissue samples used for this invention encompass body fluid, solid tissue samples, tissue cultures or cells derived there from and the progeny thereof and sections or smears prepared from any of these sources or any other samples that may contain a cell having a gene described herein.
- the sample comprises cells prepared from a subject's tissue, e.g., lung or tissue which may contain a metastatis.
- nucleic acid contained in the aforementioned samples is first extracted according to standard methods in the art. For instance, mRNA can be isolated using various lytic enzymes or chemical solutions according to the procedures set forth in Sambrook et al.
- nucleic acid sample is then detected by hybridization (e.g., Northern blot analysis) and/or amplification procedures according to methods widely known in the art or based on the methods exemplified herein.
- Nucleic acid molecules having at least 10 nucleotides and exhibiting sequence complementarity or homology to at least one polynucleotide encoding a peptide identified in Table 1 find utility as hybridization probes. It is known in the art that a "perfectly matched" probe is not needed for a specific hybridization.
- a probe useful for detecting mRNA is at least about 80% identical to the homologous region of comparable size contained in the genes or polynucleotides encoding the peptides identified in Table 1. In one aspect, the probe is 85% identical to the corresponding polynucleotide sequence after alignment of the homologous region or, alternatively, it exhibits 90% identity.
- probes can be used in radioassays (e.g., Southern and Northern blot analysis) to detect, prognose, diagnose or monitor various neoplastic states resulting from differential expression of a polynucleotide of interest.
- radioassays e.g., Southern and Northern blot analysis
- the total size of fragment, as well as the size of the complementary stretches, will depend on the intended use or application of the particular nucleic acid segment. Smaller fragments derived from the known sequences will generally find use in hybridization embodiments, wherein the length of the complementary region may be varied, such as between about 10 and about 100 nucleotides or even full-length according to the complementary sequences one wishes to detect.
- nucleotide probes having complementary sequences over stretches greater than about 10 nucleotides in length are used, so as to increase stability and selectivity of the hybrid and, thereby, improving the specificity of particular hybrid molecules obtained.
- Such fragments may be readily prepared by, for example, directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means, by application of nucleic acid reproduction technology, such as the PCRTM technology with two priming oligonucleotides as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,603,102 or by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production.
- a probe is about 50 to about 75, nucleotides or, alternatively, about 50 to about 100 nucleotides in length.
- nucleic acid sequences as described herein in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for detecting hybridization and therefore complementary sequences.
- an appropriate means such as a label
- appropriate indicator means include fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of giving a detectable signal.
- a fluorescent label or an enzyme tag such as urease, alkaline phosphatase or peroxidase
- Hybridization reactions can be performed under conditions of different "stringency". Relevant conditions include temperature, ionic strength, time of incubation, the presence of additional solutes in the reaction mixture such as formamide and the washing procedure. Higher stringency conditions are those conditions, such as higher temperature and lower sodium ion concentration, which require higher minimum complementarity between hybridizing elements for a stable hybridization complex to form. Conditions that increase the stringency of a hybridization reaction are widely known and published in the art. See, for example, Sambrook et al. (1989) supra.
- nucleotide probes of the present invention can also be used as primers and detection of genes or gene transcripts that are differentially expressed in certain body tissues.
- a primer useful for detecting the aforementioned differentially expressed mRNA is at least about 80% identical to the homologous region of comparable size contained in the previously identified sequences encoding the peptides identified in Table 1.
- "amplification” means any method employing a primer-dependent polymerase capable of replicating a target sequence with reasonable fidelity. Amplification may be carried out by natural or recombinant DNA-polymerases such as T7 DNA polymerase, Klenow fragment of E.coli DNA polymerase and reverse transcriptase.
- a known amplification method is PCR, MacPherson et ah, PCR: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, (IRL Press at Oxford University Press (1991)).
- PCR conditions used for each application reaction are empirically determined. A number of parameters influence the success of a reaction. Among them are annealing temperature and time, extension time, Mg 2+ ATP concentration, pH and the relative concentration of primers, templates and deoxyribonucleotides.
- the resulting DNA fragments can be detected by agarose gel electrophoresis followed by visualization with ethidium bromide staining and ultraviolet illumination.
- a specific amplification of differentially expressed genes of interest can be verified by demonstrating that the amplified DNA fragment has the predicted size, exhibits the predicated restriction digestion pattern and/or hybridizes to the correct cloned DNA sequence.
- the probes also can be attached to a solid support for use in high throughput screening assays using methods known in the art.
- the probes of this invention are synthesized on a derivatized glass surface.
- Photoprotected nucleoside phosphoramidites are coupled to the glass surface, selectively deprotected by photolysis through a photolithographic mask and reacted with a second protected nucleoside phosphoramidite. The coupling/deprotection process is repeated until the desired probe is complete.
- the expression level of a gene can also be determined through exposure of a nucleic acid sample to a probe-modified chip. Extracted nucleic acid is labeled, for example, with a fluorescent tag, preferably during an amplification step. Hybridization of the labeled sample is performed at an appropriate stringency level. The degree of probe-nucleic acid hybridization is quantitatively measured using a detection device, such as a confocal microscope. See, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,578,832 and 5,631 ,734. The obtained measurement is directly correlated with gene expression level.
- the probes and high density oligonucleotide probe arrays also provide an effective means of monitoring expression of the gene of interest. They are also useful to screen for compositions that upregulate or downregulate the expression of the gene of interest.
- the methods of this invention are used to monitor expression of the gene of interest which specifically hybridize to the probes of this invention in response to defined stimuli, such as an exposure of a cell or subject to a drug.
- the hybridized nucleic acids are detected by detecting one or more labels attached to the sample nucleic acids.
- the labels may be incorporated by any of a number of means known to those of skill in the art. However, in one aspect, the label is simultaneously incorporated during the amplification step in the preparation of the sample nucleic acid.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- transcription amplification as described above, using a labeled nucleotide ⁇ e.g., fiuorescein-labeled UTP and/or CTP) incorporates a label into the transcribed nucleic acids.
- a labeled nucleotide e.g., fiuorescein-labeled UTP and/or CTP
- a label may be added directly to the original nucleic acid sample ( ⁇ .g., mRNA, polyA, mRNA, cDNA, etc.) or to the amplification product after the amplification is completed.
- Means of attaching labels to nucleic acids include, for example nick translation or end-labeling ⁇ e.g., with a labeled RNA) by kinasing of the nucleic acid and subsequent attachment (ligation) of a nucleic acid linker joining the sample nucleic acid to a label ⁇ e.g., a fluorophore).
- Detectable labels suitable for use in the present invention include any composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electrical, optical or chemical means.
- Useful labels in the present invention include biotin for staining with labeled streptavidin conjugate, magnetic beads (e.g., DynabeadsTM), fluorescent dyes (e.g., fluorescein, Texas red, rhodamine, green fluorescent protein and the like), radiolabels (e.g., 3 H, 125 1, 35 S, 14 C or 32 P) enzymes (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase and others commonly used in an ELISA) and colorimetric labels such as colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic (e.g., polystyrene, polypropylene, latex, etc.) beads.
- Patents teaching the use of such labels include U.S. Patents Nos. 3,817,837; 3,850,752; 3,939,350; 3,99
- radiolabels may be detected using photographic film or scintillation counters
- fluorescent markers may be detected using a photodetector to detect emitted light
- Enzymatic labels are typically detected by providing the enzyme with a substrate and detecting the reaction product produced by the action of the enzyme on the substrate and colorimetric labels are detected by simply visualizing the colored label.
- the label may be added to the target (sample) nucleic acid(s) prior to or after the hybridization.
- detectable labels that are directly attached to or incorporated into the target (sample) nucleic acid prior to hybridization.
- indirect labels are joined to the hybrid duplex after hybridization.
- the indirect label is attached to a binding moiety that has been attached to the target nucleic acid prior to the hybridization.
- the target nucleic acid may be biotinylated before the hybridization. After hybridization, an avidin-conjugated fluorophore will bind the biotin bearing hybrid duplexes providing a label that is easily detected.
- nucleic acid sample also may be modified prior to hybridization to the high density probe array in order to reduce sample complexity thereby decreasing background signal and improving sensitivity of the measurement using methods known in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in WO 97/10365.
- Results from the chip assay are typically analyzed using a computer software program. See, for example, EP 0717 113 A2 and WO 95/20681.
- the hybridization data is read into the program, which calculates the expression level of the targeted gene(s) i.e., the genes identified in Table 1. This figure is compared against existing data sets of gene expression levels for diseased and healthy individuals. A correlation between the obtained data and that of a set of diseased individuals indicates the onset of a disease in the subject patient.
- a database useful for the detection of neoplastic lung tissue comprising one or more of the sequences, polynucleotides encoding the peptides, or parts thereof, of the peptides listed Table 1. These polynucleotide sequences are stored in a digital storage medium such that a data processing system for standardized representation of the genes that identify a lung cancer cell is compiled. The data processing system is useful to analyze gene expression between two cells by first selecting a cell suspected of being of a neoplastic phenotype or genotype and then isolating polynucleotides from the cell. The isolated polynucleotides are then sequenced.
- sequences from the sample are compared with the sequence(s) present in the database using homology search techniques described above.
- greater than 90% is selected or, alternatively, greater than 95% is selected or, alternatively, greater than or equal to 97% sequence identity is selected, between the test sequence and at least one sequence, or polynucleotide encoding it, identified in Table 1 or its complement, is a positive indication that the polynucleotide has been isolated from a lung, prostate or ovarian cancer cell as defined above.
- RNAs are isolated from cell or tissue samples using methods known in the art and described for example, in Sambrook et al. (1989) supra.
- the gene transcripts can be converted to cDNA.
- a sampling of the gene transcripts are subjected to sequence-specific analysis and quantified. These gene transcript sequence abundances are compared against reference database sequence abundances including normal data sets for diseased and healthy patients.
- the patient has the disease(s) with which the patient's data set most closely correlates which includes the overexpression of the transcripts identified herein. Differential expression of the gene of interest can also be determined by examining the protein product. A variety of techniques are available in the art for protein analysis.
- radioimmunoassays include but are not limited to radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunoradiometric assays), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, in situ immunoassays (using e.g., colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels), western blot analysis, immurioprecipitation assays, immunofluorescent assays and PAGE-SDS.
- One means to determine protein level involves (a) providing a biological sample containing polypeptides; and (b) measuring the amount of any immunospecific binding that occurs between an antibody reactive to the expression product of a gene of interest and a component in the sample, in which the amount of immunospecific binding indicates the level of the expressed proteins.
- Antibodies that specifically recognize and bind to the protein products of these genes are required for these immunoassays. These may be purchased from commercial vendors or generated and screened using methods well known in the art. See, Harlow and Lane (1988) supra and Sambrook et al. (1989) supra. Alternatively, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies that specifically recognize and bind the protein product of a gene of interest can be made and isolated using known methods.
- a diagnostic test includes a control sample derived from a subject (hereinafter “positive control”), that exhibits the predicted change in expression of a gene of interest and clinical characteristics of the malignancy or metaplasia of interest.
- a diagnosis also includes a control sample derived from a subject (hereinafter "negative control”), that lacks the clinical characteristics of the neoplastic state and whose expression level of the gene at question is within a normal range.
- the method is used for diagnosing cancers of epithelial origin, e.g., lung, ovarian or prostate, on the basis of a differential expression of the gene of interest.
- the present invention also provides a screen for identifying leads, drugs, therapeutic biologies and methods for reversing the neoplastic condition of the cells or selectively inhibiting growth or proliferation of the cells described above.
- the screen identifies lead compounds or biological agents which are useful for the treatment of malignancy, hyperplasia or metaplasia characterized by differential expression of the gene of interest.
- suitable cell cultures or tissue cultures are first provided.
- the cell can be a cultured cell or a genetically modified cell which differentially expresses the gene of interest associated with a neoplastic cell.
- the cells can be from a tissue biopsy.
- the cells are cultured under conditions (temperature, growth or culture medium and gas (CO 2 )) and for an appropriate amount of time to attain exponential proliferation without density dependent constraints. It also is desirable to maintain an additional separate cell culture; one which does not receive the agent being tested as a control.
- the method can be modified for high throughput analysis and suitable cells may be cultured, in microtiter plates and several agents may be assayed at the same time by noting genotypic changes, phenotypic changes and/or cell death.
- the agent is a composition other than a DNA or RNA nucleic acid molecule
- the suitable conditions comprise directly added to the cell culture or added to culture medium for addition.
- an "effective" amount must be added which can be empirically determined.
- the screen involves contacting the agent with a test cell characterized by differential expression of the gene of interest and then assaying the cell for the level of the gene of interest expression. In some aspects, it may be necessary to determine the level of the gene of interest expression prior to the assay. This provides a base line to compare expression after administration of the agent to the cell culture.
- the test cell is a cultured cell from an established cell line that differentially expresses a gene of interest.
- An agent is a possible therapeutic agent if gene expression is returned (reduced or increased) to a level that is present in a cell in a normal or non-neoplastic state, or the cell selectively dies, or exhibits reduced rate of growth.
- the test cell or tissue sample is isolated from the subject to be treated and one or more potential agents are screened to determine the optimal therapeutic and/or course of treatment for that individual patient.
- an "agent” is intended to include, but not be limited to a biological or chemical compound such as a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, a protein or an oligonucleotide.
- a vast array of compounds can be synthesized, for example oligomers, such as oligopeptides and oligonucleotides and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures; these compounds are also included in the term "agent”.
- various natural sources can provide compounds for screening, such as plant or animal extracts and the like. It should be understood, although not always explicitly stated that the agent is used alone or in combination with another agent, having the same or different biological activity as the agents identified by the inventive screen. The agents and methods also are intended to be combined with other therapies.
- the term "reversing the neoplastic state of the cell” is intended to include apoptosis, necrosis or any other means of preventing cell division, reduced tumorigenicity, loss of pharmaceutical resistance, maturation, differentiation or reversion of the neoplastic phenotypes as described herein.
- lung cells having differential expression of a gene of interest that results in the neoplastic state are suitably treated by this method. These cells can be identified by any method known in the art that allows for the identification of differential expression of the gene.
- the agent when it is a nucleic acid, it can be added to the cell cultures by methods known in the art, which includes, but is not limited to calcium phosphate precipitation, microinjection or electroporation. Alternatively or additionally, the nucleic acid can be incorporated into an expression or insertion vector for incorporation into the cells. Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art and briefly described infra.
- Polynucleotides are inserted into vector genomes using methods well known in the art.
- insert and vector DNA can be contacted, under suitable conditions, with a restriction enzyme to create complementary ends on each molecule that can pair with each other and be joined together with a ligase.
- synthetic nucleic acid linkers can be ligated to the termini of restricted polynucleotide. These synthetic linkers contain nucleic acid sequences that correspond to a particular restriction site in the vector DNA.
- an oligonucleotide containing a termination codon and an appropriate restriction site can be ligated for insertion into a vector containing, for example, some or all of the following: a selectable marker gene, such as the neomycin gene for selection of stable or transient transfectants in mammalian cells; enhancer/promoter sequences from the immediate early gene of human CMV for high levels of transcription; transcription termination and RNA processing signals irom SV40 for niRNA stability; SV40 polyoma origins of replication and CoIEl for proper episomal replication; versatile multiple cloning sites; and T7 and SP6 RNA promoters for in vitro transcription of sense and antisense RNA.
- a selectable marker gene such as the neomycin gene for selection of stable or transient transfectants in mammalian cells
- enhancer/promoter sequences from the immediate early gene of human CMV for high levels of transcription transcription termination and RNA processing signals irom SV40 for niRNA stability
- Cellular differentiation can be monitored by histological methods or by monitoring for the presence or loss of certain cell surface markers, which may be associated with an undifferentiated phenotype, e.g., the expression of the gene of interest.
- Kits containing the agents and instructions necessary to perform the screen and in vitro method as described herein also are claimed.
- a candidate agent is a potential drug if gene expression is returned to a normal level or if symptoms associated or correlated to the presence of cells containing differential expression of a gene of interest are ameliorated, each as compared to untreated, animal having the pathological cells. It also can be useful to have a separate negative control group of cells or animals which, are healthy and not treated, which provides a basis for comparison.
- Therapeutic agents provided by this invention include, but are not limited to small molecules, polynucleotides, peptides, antibodies, antigen presenting cells and include immune effector cells that specifically recognize and lyse cells expressing the gene of interest.
- the therapeutic agent is administered in an amount effective to treat cancer of epithelial origin, e.g., lung, ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers.
- Therapeutics of the invention can also be used to prevent progression from a pre-neoplastic or non-malignant state into a neoplastic or a malignant state.
- a therapeutic agent of the invention e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, expression by recombinant cells, receptor-mediated endocytosis ⁇ See e.g. , Wu and Wu (1987) J. Biol. Chem. 262 :4429-4432), construction of a therapeutic nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
- Methods of delivery include but are not limited to intra-arterial, intra— muscular, intravenous, intranasal and oral routes.
- the agents identified herein as effective for their intended purpose can be administered to subjects or individuals susceptible to or at risk of developing a disease correlated to the differential expression of the gene of interest.
- the agent When the agent is administered to a subject such as a mouse, a rat or a human patient, the agent can be added to a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and systemically or topically administered to the subject.
- a tumor sample is removed from the patient and the cells are assayed for the differential expression of the gene of interest.
- Therapeutic amounts can be empirically determined and will vary -with the pathology being treated, the subject being treated and the efficacy and toxicity of the agent. When delivered to an animal, the method is useful to further confirm efficacy of the agent.
- mice groups of nude mice (Balb/c NCR nu/nu female, Simonsen, Gilroy, CA) are each subcutaneously inoculated with about 10 5 to about 10 9 hyperproliferative, cancer or target cells as defined herein.
- the agent is administered, for example, by subcutaneous injection around the tumor. Tumor measurements to determine reduction of tumor size are made in two dimensions using venier calipers twice a ⁇ veek. Other animal models may also be employed as appropriate.
- Administration in vivo can be effected- in one dose, continuously or intermittently throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the composition used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell being treated and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician. Suitable dosage formulations and methods of administering the agents can be found below.
- agents and compositions of the present invention can be used in the manufacture of medicaments and for the treatment of humans and other animals by administration in accordance with conventional procedures, such as an active ingredient in pharmaceutical compositions.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered orally, intranasally, parenterally or by inhalation therapy, and may take the form of tablets, lozenges, granules, capsules, pills, ampoules, suppositories or aerosol form. They may also take the form of suspensions, solutions and emulsions of the active ingredient in aqueous or nonaqueous diluents, syrups, granulates or powders. In addition to an agent of the present invention, the pharmaceutical compositions can also contain other pharmaceutically active compounds or a plurality of compositions of the invention.
- an agent of the present invention also referred to herein as the active ingredient, may be administered for therapy by any suitable route including oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including transdermal, aerosol, buccal and sublingual), vaginal, parental (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) and pulmonary. It will also be appreciated that the preferred route will vary with the condition and age of the recipient and the disease being treated.
- the agent should be administered to achieve peak concentrations of the active compound at sites of disease. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of the agent, optionally in saline or orally administered, for example, as a tablet, capsule or syrup containing the a-ctive ingredient. Desirable blood levels of the agent may be maintained by a continuous infusion to provide a therapeutic amount of the active ingredient within disease tissue.
- operative combinations is contemplated to provide therapeutic combinations requiring a lower total dosage of each component antiviral agent than may be required when each individual therapeutic compound or drug is used alone, thereby reducing adverse effects.
- the agent While it is possible for the agent to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation comprising at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefor and optionally other therapeutic agents.
- Each carrier must be "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
- Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including transdermal, buccal and sublingual), vaginal, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) and pulmonary administration.
- the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and maybe prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
- the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets, eacli containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
- the active ingredient may also be presented a bolus, electuary or paste.
- a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
- Compressed tablets may be prepared "by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form sucli as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder (e.g. , povidone, gelatin, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose) surface-active or dispersing agent.
- Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- the tablets may optionally l_>e coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other Chan the stomach.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising thie active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
- compositions for topical administration may be formulated as an ointment, cream, suspension, lotion, powder, solution, past, gel, spray, aerosol or oil.
- a foxmulation may comprise a patch or a dressing such as a bandage or adhesive plaster impregnated with active ingredients and optionally one or more excipients or diluents .
- the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-l,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
- the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the agent through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
- the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner.
- this phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at lease one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
- a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
- the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
- Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulphate.
- the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
- the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
- Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the agent.
- Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.
- Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the agent, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Formulations suitable for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
- Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid for administration as, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops or by aerosol administration by nebulizer include aqueous or oily solutions of the agent.
- Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents, thickening agents and liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the compound to blood components or one or more organs.
- the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and maybe stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
- Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
- Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily subdose, as herein above-recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an agent.
- the gene of interest can be used to generate transgenic animal models.
- geneticists have succeeded in creating transgenic animals, for example mice, by manipulating the genes of developing embryos and introducing foreign genes into these embryos. Once these genes have integrated into the genome of the recipient embryo, the resulting embryos or adult animals can be analyzed to determine the function of the gene.
- the mutant animals are produced to understand the function of known genes in vivo and to create animal models of human diseases. (See e.g., Chisaka et al. (1992) 355:516-520; Joyner et al.
- U.S. Patent Nos. 5,464,764 and 5,487,992 describe one type of transgenic animal in which the gene of interest is deleted or mutated sufficiently to disrupt its function. (See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,631 , 153 and 5,627,059). These "knock-out" animals, made by taking advantage of the phenomena of homologous recombination, can be used to study the function of a particular gene sequence in vivo.
- the polynucleotide sequences described herein are useful in preparing animal models of lung cancer.
- Non-small cell lung cancer globally represents a huge unmet medical need.
- Fresh non-necrotic NSCLC tumor tissue and corresponding normal tissue from individual patients free of infectious disease were obtained.
- Fresh tissue samples were at least 1.5 grams of tissue less than 24 hrs from surgery shipped on wet ice. Prior to analysis, the tissue was assessed by a pathologist for percent tumor content, tumor stage and histological type. AU of the tissues received were primary lung cancer of stage I, II or IHa where surgery is the first or primary treatment.
- the samples the tissues were minced with crossed scalpels.
- the minced tissues with treated with collagenase and elastase until single cell suspensions were obtained.
- the single cell suspensions were washed several times and the red blood cells were lysed.
- the white blood cells were removed by exposure of the cell suspension to antibodies to CD64, CD45 and CD 14 linked to magnetic beads.
- the epithelial cells were isolated using an antibody to BerEP4 linked to a magnetic bead.
- the endothelial cells were isolated using an antibody to CD31 linked to a magnetic bead.
- RNA was prepared from the epithelial cell and endothelial cell samples immediately.
- RNA from the epithelial and endothelial cells was assessed overall and by expression of specific markers for the cell types. Cytokeratin 18, von Willebrand factor, EFl, P1H12, hevin and cytokeratin 8 were used as markers to determine whether the RNA collected represented a relatively pure cell population of epithelial cells or endothelial cells. After the quality assessment of the RNAs, 4 squamous carcinoma samples, 2 adenocarcinoma samples and 3 normal lung tissue samples were of sufficient quantity and quality for SAGE analysis.
- LongS AGETM was performed on the 9 RNA samples to a depth of approximately 50,000 tags for each library using the methods disclosed in Nature Biotechnology (2002) 20:508-512.
- An in-depth bioinformatics analysis was undertaken to characterize the SAGE data based upon increased expression of mRNAs across tumor types and in the squamous and adenocarcinoma compared with the normal lung cells.
- the focus for potential antibody therapeutic targets was on proteins expressed in the plasma membrane.
- GITR glucocorticoid-induced TNFR-related protein, is known to be expressed by activated T cells and Treg cells.
- GITR is also known as activation-inducible TNFR family receptor (AITR) and tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, member 18 (TNFRSF-18) (Stephens, G.L. et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 173:5008-5020 and Nocentini, G. et al. (1997) P.N.A.S. 94:6216-6221).
- GITR ligand binds to GITR and triggers NF-kappaB activation through TRAF2.
- the GITR -GITR ligand interaction interrupts TCR-CD3 activation - induced apoptosis in T cells and may be involved in cell survival.
- the GITR ligand is also known as AITRL, GITRL, TL6 and hGIRTL.
- GITR is a 228 amino acid transmembrane protein that is suggested to be similar to 4- IBB and CD27.
- GITR protein has a 19 amino acid signal sequence, 134 amino acid extracellular region with three cysteine-rich motifs, a 23 amino acid transmembrane segment and a 52 amino acid cytoplasmic domain.
- the GITR ligand is expressed by endothelial cells (including HUVEC), Bl lymphocytes, mature and immature dendritic cells, and macrophages (Stephens, G. et al. (2004) supra).
- GITR is involved in the interactions between T-lymphocytes and endothelial cells and in the regulation of T-cell receptor-mediated cell death. GITR mediates NF-kappaB activation via the TRAF2/NIK pathway. GITR binds to TNF receptor-associated factor-1 (TRAFl), TRAF2 and TRAF3 but not to TRAF5 and TRAF6 (Nocentini, G. et al. (1997) supra.).
- TNF receptor-associated factor-1 TRAF2
- TRAF3 TRAF5 and TRAF6
- GITR is expressed on CD4+CD25+ T cells and after interaction with GITRL down-regulates T regulatory suppressor activity. Targeting GITR on tumor cells and depletion of CD4+CD25+ T cells could potentiate the efficacy of active tumor specific therapy (Kohm, A.P. et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 172:4686-4690 and Shimizu, J. et al. (2002) Nature Immunol. 3:135-142).
- RT-PCR of bulk tissue RNA from 55 lung tumors and 18 normal lung tissues indicated >2-fold increased levels of GITR RNA in 76% of tumors compared with normal tissues.
- GITR has very minimal expression in a variety of . normal tissues including breast, prostate, brain, heart, kidney, liver, salivary gland, spleen stomach, thymus and uterus.
- Immu ⁇ ohisochemistry was performed on formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded human non-small cell lung cancer specimens.
- the antibodies used were anti-GITR (Research Systems, BA689), anti-RDCl (Lifescience, RDC1-LP1439).
- CD31 DAKO, M0823
- anti-alpha-smooth muscle actin DAKO, M0851
- anti-epthelial membrane antigen DAKO, M0804
- wide spectrum cytokeratin DAKO, Z0622.
- FACS fluorescence activated cytometry
- the panel of antibodies are screened using cell based assays to identify those which neutralize the function of the target protein and reverse the malignant phenotype using methods known in the art. For the purpose of illustration, such methods are described in: Stanton, CA. et al. (2004) Blood 103(2):601-606 and Malinda, K.M. et al. (1999) Exp. Cell Res. 250:168-173 (migration assay); paragraphs [0210] through [0226] of U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0253708A1 (apoptosis); paragraphs [0183] through [0194] of U.S. Patent Publication
- Antibodies that possess the requisite bio-activity as described for example, in Experiment No. 2 are then further screened for in vivo efficacy using a syngeneic tumor model or human tumor xenographt model.
- Such assays and models are known to those of skill in the art. For the purpose of illustration, such methods and described in Tumor Models in Cancer Research, Teicher, B.A. ed. in the series Cancer Drug Discovery and Development, Humana Press, 2004 and Lev. A. et al. (2004) PNAS 101(24):9051-9056.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides methods and compositions for detecting, diagnosing, prognosing and monitoring the progress of cancers, e.g., NSCLC, of epithelial origin, e.g., lung, ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers and malignancies and kits for use in said methods. Further provided are methods for screening to identify agonists and antagonists of antigens associated with these cancers and malignancies.
Description
GITR ANTIBODIES FOR THE DIAGNOSIS OF NSCLC
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S. C. §119(e) from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/645,349, filed January 19, 2005, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The invention relates to compositions and methods useful in therapeutic, diagnostic and screening methods for human cancers and related malignancies.
BACKGROUND Despite numerous advances in medical research, cancer remains the second leading cause of death in the United States. In the industrialized nations, roughly one in five persons will die of cancer. Traditional modes of clinical care, such as surgical resection, radiotherapy and chemotherapy, have a significant failure rate, especially for solid tumors. Failure occurs either because the initial tumor is unresponsive, or because of recurrence due to regrowth at the original site and/or metastases.
Lung cancer is one of the most common malignancies worldwide and is the second leading cause of cancer death in man. See, American Cancer Society, Cancer facts and figures, 1996, Atlanta. Approximately 178,100 new cases of lung cancer were to be diagnosed in 1997, accounting for 13% of cancer diagnoses. An estimated 160,400 deaths due to lung cancer would occur in 1997 accounting for 29% of all cancer deaths, making lung cancer more deadly than the combination of breast, prostrate and colorectal cancers. Jemal, A. et al. (2004) Cancer Statistics 2004, CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians 53:5-26. The one-year survival rates for lung cancer have increased from 32% in 1973 to 41% in 1993, largely due to improvements in
surgical techniques. The 5 year survival rate for all stages combined is only 14%. The survival rate is 48% for cases detected wlien the disease is still localized, but only 15% of lung cancers are discovered that early.
Among various forms of lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) accounts for nearly 80% of all new lung cancer cases each year. Small cell lung cancer is the most malignant and fastest growing form of lung cancer. The primary tumor is generally responsive to chemotherapy, but is followed by wide-spread metastasis. The median survival time at diagnosis is approximately 1 year, with a 5 year survival rate of 5%. For patients diagnosed with NSCLC, surgical resection offers the only chance of meaningful survival.
There are five types of non-small cell lung cancer: squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, large cell carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma and undifferentiated carcinoma. Adenosquamous carcinomas begin in cells that appear flattened when viewed under a microscope. Undifferentiated carcinoma cells do not appear like normal cells and multiply uncontrollably. Squamous cell cancer is the most common type of lung cancer. It develops from the cells that line the airways. Adenocarcinoma develops from a glandular or secretory cells that produce mucus (phlegm). Large cell lung cancer has been thixs named because the cells look large and rounded when they are viewed under a microscope. Non-small cell cancer also is characterized by four clinical stages. Stage I is very localized cancer with no cancer in the lymph nodes. Stage II cancer has spread to the lymph nodes at the top of the affected lung. Stage III cancer has spread near to where the cancer started. This can be to the chest wall, the covering of the lung (pleura), the middle of the chest (mediastinum.) or other lymph nodes. Stage IV cancer has spread to another part of the body.
Several antibody therapies are in development to treat lung cancer. Cetuximab and gifitinib are approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for these cancers. Cetuximab in combination with chemotherapy has provided some benefit to NSCLC patients but further trials are still needed. Kelly, K. et al. (2003) Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 22:644.
Therefore, an effective treatment for NSCLC is still required. This invention satisfies this need and provides related advantages as well.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides compositions and methods for aiding in the diagnoses of the condition of a cell, for identifying and/or distinguishing normal and neoplastic cells and for identifying potential therapeutic agents to reverse neoplasia and/or ameliorate the symptoms associated with the presence of neoplastic cells in a subject.
Accordingly, embodiments of the invention are directed to methods of diagnosing the condition of a cell by screening for the presence of a differentially expressed gene identified in Table 1. In one aspect, the differential expression of the gene is indicative of the neoplastic state of a cell of epithelial origin, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers. Expression can be detected by any appropriate method, including for example, by detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of cDNAv produced from the reverse transcription of the mRNA transcribed from the gene or thte quantity of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene. These methods can be performed on a sample by sample basis or modified for high throughput analysis. Additionally, databases containing quantitative full or partial transcripts or protein sequences isolated from a cell sample can be searched and analyzed for the presence and amount of transcript or expressed gene product.
Another aspect of the invention is a screen to identify therapeutic agents that reverse or treat neoplasia and tumors, wherein the cell and/or tumor is characterized by the differential expression of a polypeptide or protein identified in Table 1. The method comprises contacting the cell previously identified as possessing this genotype with an effective amount of a potential agent and assaying for reversal of the neoplastic condition.
Further provided are polynucleotides encoding the proteins, fragment(s) thereof or polypeptides shown in Table 1, (also referred to herein as gene expression product), gene delivery vehicles comprising these polynucleotides and host cells comprising these polynucleotides. The proteins, polypeptides or fragrnent(s) thereof
are also useful to generate antibodies that specifically recognize and bind to these molecules. The antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal. These antibodies can be used to isolate protein or polypeptides expressed from the genes encoding the polypeptides and to detect neoplastic cells or tumors.
The invention also provides isolated host cells and recombinant host cells that contain a polynucleotide encoding the peptides identified in Table 1 and/or fragments) thereof. The cells can be prokaryotic or eukaryotic and by way of example only, can be any one or more of bacterial, yeast, animal, mammalian, fcmman and particular subtypes thereof, e.g., stem cells, antigen presenting cells (APCs) such as dendritic cells (DCs) or T cells.
Table 1
*web address is = ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/LocusLink/list.cgi.
Further provided by this invention is a method for monitoring a cancer in a subject by assaying, at different times, the expression level of the gene of interest and comparing the expression levels of the gene or to determine if expression has increased or decreased, thereby monitoring the cancer in the subject. A kit for \xse in a diagnostic method or drug screen is further provided herein. The kit comprises at least one agent (e.g., probe, primer or antibody) that detects expression of the gene and instructions for use.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCE LISTINGS
As used herein, the term "GITR gene" refers to at least the ORF of a contiguous polynucleotide sequence and that encodes a protein or polypeptide having the biological activity as set forth herein. LocusLink, supra, reports that the protein encoded by this gene is a member of the TNF-receptor superfamily. This receptor has been reported to have increased expression upon T-cell activation, and it is thought to play a key role in dominant immunological self-tolerance maintained by CD25(+)CD4(+) regulatory T cells. Knockout studies in mice also suggest the role of this receptor is in the regulation of CD3 -driven T-cell activation and programmed cell death. Three alternatively spliced transcript variants of this gene encoding distinct isoforms have been reported.
Sequence ID NO.: 1 is one example of a GITR polynucleotide sequence, and others are known in the art, examples of which include, but are not limited to the sequences set forth in Table 1, and the sequences that encode GITR gene expression products as defined herein. Also included within this definition are biologically equivalent sequences such as those sequences that code for the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 and those having at least 90% or alternatively, at least 95% sequence homology to an exemplary sequence, such as SEQ ID NO.: 1, and as determined by percent identity sequence analysis run under default parameters. Also within this definition are biologically equivalent genes or polynucleotides that are identified by the ability to hybridize under conditions of high stringency to the minus strand. It may be desirable to use non-human genes, the polynucleotide sequences of which are known in the art. See for example, UniGene Cluster Hs.212680. Polynucleotide fragments are also known in the art, and include but are not limited to GenBank Accession numbers: BI911657.1; AI499936.1; AI214481.1; and AI923712.1. These are particularly useful as probes or primers.
As used herein, the term "GITR gene expression product, protein or polypeptide" includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2 as well as the amino acid sequences transcribed and translated from the GITR genes identified above, without regard to the gene expression system, e.g., bacterial or other prokaryotic cell, yeast cell, mammalian cell such as a simian, bovine or human cell. The term includes isolated, naturally occurring polypeptides isolated from tissue
samples as well as recombinantly produced proteins and polypeptides. The term also includes polypeptides having the amino acid sequences that are at least 90 % or alternatively at least 95% homologous to SEQ ID NO.:2 and which have the biological activity as described herein. Examples of homologous amino acid sequences include, but are not limited to polypeptides have the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2 or other GITR gene expression product that has been modified by conservative amino acid substitutions.
MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
Throughout this disclosure, various publications, patents and published patent specifications are referenced by an identifying citation. The disclosures of these publications, patents and published patent specifications are hereby incorporated by reference into the present disclosure to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
Definitions The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of immunology, molecular biology, microbiology, cell biology and recombinant DNA, which are within the skill of the art. See e.g., Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis, MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2nd edition (1989); CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (F. M. Ausubel et al. eds., (1987)); the series METHODS IN
ENZYMOLOGY (Academic Press, Inc.): PCR 2: A PRACTICAL APPROACH (MJ. MacPherson, B.D. Hames and G.R. Taylor eds. (1995)), Harlow and Lane, eds. (1988) ANTIBODIES, A LABORATORY MANUAL and ANIMAL CELL CULTURE (R.I. Freshney, ed. (1987)). As used herein, certain terms have the following defined meanings.
As used in the specification and claims, the singular form "a", "an" and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, the term "a cell" includes a plurality of cells, including mixtures thereof.
All numerical designations, e.g., pH, temperature, time, concentration, and molecular weight, including ranges, are approximations which are varied ( + ) or ( - )
by increments of 0.1. It is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated that all numerical designations are preceded by the term "about". It also is to be understood, although not always explicitly stated, that the reagents described herein are merely exemplary and that equivalents of such are known in the art. The terms "polynucleotide" and "oligonucleotide" are used interchangeably and refer to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides or analogs thereof. Polynucleotides can have any three-dimensional structure and may perform any function, known or unknown. The following are non-limiting examples of polynucleotides: a gene or gene fragment (for example, a probe, primer, EST or SAGE tag), exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes and primers. A polynucleotide can comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs. If present, modifications to the nucleotide structure can be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer. The sequence of nucleotides can be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide can be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component. The term also refers to both double- and single-stranded molecules. Unless otherwise specified or required, any embodiment of this invention that is a polynucleotide encompasses both the double-stranded form and each of two complementary single-stranded forms known or predicted to make up the double-stranded form.
A polynucleotide is composed of a specific sequence of four nucleotide bases: adenine (A); cytosine (C); guanine (G); thymine (T); and uracil (U) for guanine when the polynucleotide is RNA. Thus, the term "polynucleotide sequence" is the alphabetical representation of a polynucleotide molecule. This alphabetical representation can be input into databases in a computer having a central processing unit and used for bioinformatics applications such as functional genomics and homology searching. A "gene" refers to a polynucleotide containing at least one open reading frame
(ORF) that is capable of encoding a particular polypeptide or protein after being transcribed and translated. Any of the polynucleotides sequences described herein
may be used to identify larger fragments or full-length coding sequences of the gene with which they are associated. Methods of isolating larger fragment sequences are known to those of skill in the art.
A "gene product" or alternatively a "gene expression product" refers to the amino acid (e.g., peptide or polypeptide) generated when a gene is transcribed and translated.
The term "polypeptide" is used interchangeably with the term "protein" and in its broadest sense refers to a compound of two or more subunit amino acids, amino acid analogs or peptidomimetics. The subunits may be linked by peptide bonds, hi another embodiment, the subunit may be linked by other bonds, e.g., ester, ether, etc. As used herein the term "amino acid" refers to either natural and/or unnatural or synthetic amino acids, including glycine and both the D and L optical isomers, amino acid analogs and peptidomimetics. A peptide of three or more amino acids is commonly called an oligopeptide if the peptide chain is short. If the peptide chain is long, the peptide is commonly called a polypeptide or a protein.
"Under transcriptional control" is a term well understood in the art and indicates that transcription of a polynucleotide sequence, usually a DNA sequence, depends on its being operatively linked to an element which contributes to the initiation of, or promotes, transcription. "Operatively linked" refers to a juxtaposition wherein the elements are in an arrangement allowing them to function.
As used herein, the term "comprising" is intended to mean that the compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others. "Consisting essentially of when used to define compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination. Thus, a composition consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude trace contaminants from the isolation and purification method and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as phosphate buffered saline, preservatives and the like. "Consisting of shall mean excluding more than trace elements of other ingredients and substantial method steps for administering the compositions of this invention. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
The term "isolated" means separated from constituents, cellular and otherwise, in which the polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof, are normally associated with in nature. In one aspect of this invention, an isolated polynucleotide is separated from the 3' and 5' contiguous nucleotides with which it is normally associated with in its native or natural environment, e.g., on the chromosome. As is apparent to those of skill in the art, a non-naturally occurring polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof, does not require "isolation" to distinguish it from its naturally occurring counterpart. In addition, a "concentrated", "separated" or "diluted" polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof, is distinguishable from its naturally occurring counterpart in that the concentration or number of molecules per volume is greater than "concentrated" or less than "separated" than that of its naturally occurring counterpart. A polynucleotide, peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibody or fragment(s) thereof, which differs from the naturally occurring • counterpart in its primary sequence or for example, by its glycosylation pattern, need not be present in its isolated form since it is distinguishable from its naturally occurring counterpart by its primary sequence or, alternatively, by another characteristic such as glycosylation pattern. Thus, a non-naturally occurring polynucleotide is provided as a separate embodiment from the isolated naturally occurring polynucleotide. A protein produced in a bacterial cell is provided as a separate embodiment from the naturally occurring protein isolated from a eukaryotic cell in which it is produced in nature.
"Gene delivery," "gene transfer," and the like as "used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a "transgene") into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction. Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucleotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun" delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucleotides). The introduced polynucleotide may be stably or transiently maintained in the host cell. Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the
host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon {e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome. A number of vectors are known in the art to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells.
A "gene delivery vehicle" is defined as any molecule that can carry inserted polynucleotides into a host cell. Examples of gene delivery vehicles are liposomes, biocompatible polymers, including natural polymers and synthetic polymers; lipoproteins; polypeptides; polysaccharides; lipopolysaccharides; artificial viral envelopes; recombinant yeast cells, metal particles; and bacteria or viruses, such as bacxilovirus, adenovirus and retrovirus, bacteriophage, cosmid, plasmid, fungal vectors and other recombination vehicles typically used in the art which have been described for expression in a variety of eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts and may be used for gene therapy as well as for simple protein expression.
A "viral vector" is defined as a recombinantly produced virus or viral particle that comprises a polynucleotide to be delivered into a host cell, either in vivo, ex vivo or in vitro. Examples of viral vectors include retroviral vectors, adenovirus vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, alphavirus vectors and the like. Alphavirus vectors, sucri as Semliki Forest virus-based vectors and Sindbis virus-based vectors, have also been developed for use in gene therapy and immunotherapy. See, Schlesinger and Dubensky (1999) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 5:434-439 and Ying et al. (1999) Nat. Med. 5(7) : 823 -827. In aspects where gene transfer is mediated by a retroviral vector, a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the retroviral genome or part thereof and a therapeutic gene. As used herein, "retroviral mediated gene transfer" or "retroviral transduction" carries the same meaning and refers to the process by which a gene or nucleic acid sequences are stably transferred into the host cell by virtue of the virus entering the cell and integrating its genome into the host cell genome. The virus can enter the host cell via its normal mechanism of infection or be modified , such, that it binds to a different host cell surface receptor or ligand to enter the cell. As xxsed herein, "retroviral vector" refers to a viral particle capable of introducing exogenous nucleic acid into a cell through a viral or viral-like entry mechanism. Retroviruses carry their genetic information in the form of RNA; however, once the virus infects a cell, the RNA is reverse-transcribed into the DNA form which
integrates into the genomic DNA of the infected cell. The integrated DNA form is called a provirus.
In aspects where gene transfer is mediated by a DNA viral vector, such as an adenovirus (Ad) or adeno-associated virus (AA-V), a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the viral genome or part thereof and a transgene.
Adenoviruses (Ads) are a relatively well characterized, homogenous group of viruses, including over 50 serotypes. See e.g., WO 95/27071. Ads are easy to grow and do not require integration into the host cell genome. Recombinant Ad derived vectors, particularly those that reduce the potential for recombination and generation of wild- type virus, have also been constructed. See e.g., WO 95/00655 and WO 95/11984. Wild-type AAV has high infectivity and specificity integrating into the host cell's genome. See, Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6466- 6470 and Lebkowski et al. (1988) MoI. Cell. Biol. 8:3988-3996.
Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art. Such vectors are capable of transcribing RNA in vitro or in vivo and are commercially available from sources such as Stratagene (La Jolla, CA) and Promega Biotech (Madison, WI). In order to optimize expression and/or in vitro transcription, it may be necessary to remove, add or alter 5' and/or 3' untranslated portions of the clones to eliminate extra, potential inappropriate alternative translation initiation codons or other sequences that may interfere with or reduce expression, either at the level of transcription or translation. Alternatively, consensus ribosome binding sites can be inserted immediately 5' of the start codon to enhance expression.
Gene delivery vehicles also include several non- viral vectors, including DNA/liposome complexes, recombinant yeast cells and targeted viral protein-DNA complexes. Liposomes that also comprise a targeting antibody or fragment thereof can be used in the methods of this invention. To enhance delivery to a cell, the nucleic acid or proteins of this invention can be conjugated to antibodies or binding fragment(s) thereof which bind cell surface antigens, e.g., TCR, CD3 or CD4. A "probe" when used in the context of polynucleotide manipulation refers to an oligonucleotide that is provided as a reagent to detect a target potentially present in a sample of interest by hybridizing with the target. Usually, a probe will comprise a
label or a means by which a label can be attached., either before or subsequent to the hybridization reaction. Suitable labels include, hxxt are not limited to radioisotopes, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent compounds, dyes and proteins, including enzymes.
A "primer" is a short polynucleotide, generally with a free 3' -OH group that binds to a target or "template" potentially present in a sample of interest by hybridizing with the target and, thereafter, promoting polymerization of a polynucleotide complementary to the target. A "polymerase chain reaction" ("PCR") is a reaction in which replicate copies are made of a target polynucleotide using a "pair of primers" or a "set of primers" consisting of an "upstream" and a "downstream" primer and a catalyst of polymerization, such as a DNA polymerase and, typically, a thermally-stable polymerase enzyme. Methods for PCR are well- known in the art, and taught, for example in "PCR: A PRACTICAL APPROACH" (M. MacPherson et al, IRL Press at Oxford University Press (1991)). All processes of producing replicate copies of a polynucleotide, such as PCR or gene cloning, are collectively referred to herein as "replication." A primer can also be used as a probe in hybridization reactions, such as Southern or Northern blot analyses. Sambrook et al., supra.
An expression "database" denotes a set of stored data that represent a collection of sequences, which in turn represent a collection of biological reference materials.
The term "cDNAs" refers to complementary DNA that is mRNA molecules present in a cell or organism made into cDNA with, an enzyme such as reverse transcriptase. A "cDNA library" is a collection of all of the mRNA molecules present in a cell or organism, all turned into cDNA molecules with the enzyme reverse transcriptase, then inserted into "vectors" (other DNA molecules that can continue to replicate after addition of foreign DNA). Exemplary vectors for libraries include bacteriophage (also known as "phage"), viruses that infect bacteria, for example, lambda phage. The library can then be probed for the specific cDNA (and thus mRNA) of interest. As used herein, "expression" refers to the process by which polynucleotides are transcribed into mRNA and/or the process by wiiich the transcribed mRNA is subsequently being translated into peptides, polypeptides or proteins. If the
polynucleotide is derived from genomic DNA, expression may include splicing of the mRNA in a eukaryotic cell. "Differentially expressed" as applied to a gene, refers to the differential production of the mRNA transcribed and/or translated from th.e gene or the protein product encoded by the gene. A differentially expressed gene may be overexpressed or underexpressed as compared to the expression level of a normal or control cell. However, as used herein overpression as at least 1.25 fold or, alternatively, at least 1.5 fold or, alternatively, at least 2 fold expression over that detected in a normal or healthy counterpart cell or tissue. The term "differentially expressed" also refers to nucleotide sequences in a cell or tissue which are expressed where silent in a control cell or not expressed where expressed in a control cell.
As used herein, "solid phase support" or "solid support", used interchangeably, is not limited to a specific type of support. Rather a large number of supports are available and are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Solid phase supports include silica gels, resins, derivatized plastic films, glass beads, cotton, plastic beads, alumina gels, microarrays and chips. As used herein, "solid support" also includes synthetic antigen-presenting matrices, cells and liposomes. A suitable solid phase support may be selected on the basis of desired end use and suitability for various protocols. For example, for peptide synthesis, solid phase support may refer to resins such as polystyrene (e.g., PAM-resin obtained from Bachem Inc., Peninsula Laboratories, etc.), POLYHIPE® resin (obtained from Aminotech, Canada), polyamide resin (obtained from Peninsula Laboratories), polystyrene resin grafted with polyethylene glycol (TentaGel®, Rapp Polymere, Tubingen, Germany) oτ polydimethylacrylamide resin (obtained from Milligen/Biosearch, California).
A polynucleotide also can be attached to a solid support for use in high. throughput screening assays. PCT WO 97/10365, for example, discloses the construction of high density oligonucleotide chips. See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,405,783; 5,412,087; and 5,445,934. Using this method, the probes are synthesized on a derivatized glass surface also known as chip arrays. Photoprotected nucleoside phosphoramidites are coupled to the glass surface, selectively deprotected by photolysis through a photolithographic mask and reacted with a second protected nucleoside phosphoramidite. The coupling/deprotection process is repeated until the desired probe is complete.
"Hybridization" refers to a reaction in which one or more polynucleotides react to form a complex that is stabilized via hydrogen bonding between the bases of the nucleotide residues. The hydrogen bonding may occur by Watson-Crick: base pairing, Hoogstein binding or in any other sequence-specific manner. The complex may comprise two strands forming a duplex structure, three or more strands forming a multi-stranded complex, a single self-hybridizing strand or any combination of these. A hybridization reaction may constitute a step in a more extensive process, such as the initiation of a PCR reaction or the enzymatic cleavage of a polynucleotide by a ribozyme. Hybridization reactions can be performed under conditions of differeαnt
"stringency". In general, a low stringency hybridization reaction is carried out at about 40 0C in 1Ox SSC or a solution of equivalent ionic strength/temperature. A moderate stringency hybridization is typically performed at about 50 0C in 6:x SSC, and a high stringency hybridization reaction is generally performed at about <>0 0C in Ix SSC.
When hybridization occurs in an antiparallel configuration between tvvo single-stranded polynucleotides, the reaction is called "annealing" and those polynucleotides are described as "complementary". A double-stranded polynucleotide can be "complementary" or "homologous" to another polynucleotide, if hybridization can occur between one of the strands of the first polynucleotide and the second. "Complementarity" or "homology" (the degree that one polynucleotide is complementary with another) is quantifiable in terms of the proportion of bases in opposing strands that are expected to form hydrogen bonding with each other-, according to generally accepted base-pairing rules. A polynucleotide or polynucleotide region (or a polypeptide or polypeptide region) has a certain percentage (for example, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95%) of "sequence identity" to another sequence means that, when aligned, that percentage of bases (or amino acids) are the same in comparing the two sequences. This alignment and the percent homology or sequence identity can be determined using software programs known in the art, for example those described in CURRENT PROTOCOLS EN
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (F.M. Ausubel et al, eds., 1987) Supplement 30, section 7.7.18, Table 7.7.1. Preferably, default parameters are used for alignment. A
preferred alignment program is BLAST, using default parameters. In particular, preferred programs are BLASTN and BLASTP, using the following default parameters: Genetic code = standard; filter = none; strand = both; cutoff = 60; expect = 10; Matrix = BLOSUM62; Descriptions = 50 sequences; sort by = HIGH SCORE; Databases = non-redundant, GenBank + EMBL + DDBJ + PDB + GenBank CDS translations + SwissProtein + SPupdate + PIR. Details of these programs can "be found at the following Internet address: www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/BLAST.
Hyperplasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation involving an increase in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significant alteration in structure or fonction. Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type of fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of differentiated cell. Metaplasia can occur in epithelial or connective tissue cells. Atypical metaplasia involves a somewhat disorderly metaplastic epithelium.
As used herein, the terms "neoplastic cells", "neoplasia", "tumor", "tumor cells", "cancer" and "cancer cells", (used interchangeably) refer to cells which exhibit relatively autonomous growth, so that they exhibit an aberrant growth phenotype characterized by a significant loss of control of cell proliferation (i.e., de-regulated cell division). Neoplastic cells can be malignant or benign. A metastatic cell or tissue means that the cell can invade and destroy neighboring body structures. "Suppressing" tumor growth indicates a growth state that is curtailed wlien compared to growth without therapeutic intervention. Tumor cell growth can b»e assessed by any means known in the art, including, but not limited to, measuring tumor size, determining whether tumor cells are proliferating using a 3H-thymicline incorporation assay or counting tumor cells. "Suppressing" tumor cell growth means any or all of the following states: slowing, delaying and stopping tumor growth., as well as tumor shrinkage.
The term "antigen" is well understood in the art and includes substances which are immunogenic. The term as used herein also includes substances which induce immunological unresponsiveness or anergy.
A "native" or "natural" or "wild-type" antigen is a polypeptide, protein or a fragment which contains an epitope and which has been isolated from a natural biological source. It also can specifically bind to an antigen receptor.
As used herein, an "antibody" includes whole antibodies and any antigen binding fragment or a single chain thereof. Thus the term "antibody" includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule. Examples of such include, but are not limited to a complementarity determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework (FR) region, or any portion thereof, or at least one portion of a binding protein, any of which can be incorporated into an antibody of the present invention.
The antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal and can be isolated from any suitable biological source, e.g., murine, rat, sheep and canine. Additional sources are identified infra.
The term "antibody" is further intended to encompass digestion fragments, specified portions, derivatives and variants thereof, including antibody mimetics or comprising portions of antibodies that mimic the structure and/or function of an antibody or specified fragment or portion thereof, including single chain antibodies and fragments thereof. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen binding portion" of an antibody include a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH, domains; a F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH, domains; a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, a dAb fragment (Ward et al. (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv)). Bird et'al. (1988) Science 242:423-426 and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 85:5879-5883. Single chain
antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "fragment of an antibody." Any of the above-noted antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those of skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for binding specificity and neutralization activity in the same manner as are intact antibodies.
The term "epitope" means a protein determinant capable of specific binding to an antibody. Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. Conformational and nonconformational epitopes are distinguished in that the binding to the former but not the latter is lost in the presence of denaturing solvents.
The term "antibody derivative" is intended to encompass molecules that bind an epitope as defined above and which are modifications or derivatives of a native monoclonal antibody of this invention. Derivatives include, but are not limited to, for example, bispecific, multispeciflc, heterospecific, trispecific, tetraspecifϊc, multispecific antibodies, diabodies, chimeric, recombinant and humanized.
The term "bispecific molecule" is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has two different binding specificities. The term "multispecific molecule" or "heterospecific molecule" is intended to include any agent, e.g. a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has more than two different binding specificities.
The term "heteroantibodies" refers to two or more antibodies, antibody binding fragments {e.g., Fab), derivatives thereof, or antigen binding regions linked together, at least two of which have different specificities. The term "human antibody" as used herein, is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. The human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences {e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo). However, the term "human antibody" as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian
species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences. Thus, as used herein, the term "human antibody" refers to an antibody in which substantially every part of the protein (e.g., CDR, framework, CL, CH domains (e.g., CH1, CH2, CH3), hinge, (VL, VH)) is substantially non-immunogenic in humans, with only minor sequence changes or variations. Similarly, antibodies designated primate (monkey, baboon, chimpanzee, etc.), rodent (mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, hamster, and the like) and other mammals designate such species, sub-genus, genus, sub-family, family specific antibodies. Further, chimeric antibodies include any combination of the above. Such changes or variations optionally and preferably retain or reduce the immunogenicity in humans or other species relative to non-modified antibodies. Thus, a human antibody is distinct from a chimeric or humanized antibody. It is pointed out that a human antibody can be produced by a non-human animal or prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell that is capable of expressing functionally rearranged human immunoglobulin (e.g., heavy chain and/or light chain) genes. Further, when a human antibody is a single chain antibody, it can comprise a linker peptide that is not found in native human antibodies. For example, an Fv can comprise a linker peptide, such as two to about eight glycine or other amino acid residues, which connects the variable region of the heavy chain and the variable region of the light chain. Such linker peptides are considered to be of human origin. As used herein, a human antibody is "derived from" a particular germline sequence if the antibody is obtained from a system using human immunoglobulin sequences, e.g., by immunizing a transgenic mouse carrying human immunoglobulin genes or by screening a human immunoglobulin gene library. A human antibody that is "derived from" a human germline immunoglobulin sequence can be identified as such by comparing the amino acid sequence of the human antibody to the amino acid sequence of human germline immunoglobulins. A selected human antibody typically is at least 90% identical in amino acids sequence to an amino acid sequence encoded by a human germline immunoglobulin gene and contains amino acid residues that identify the human antibody as being human when compared to the germline immunoglobulin amino acid sequences of other species (e.g., murine germline sequences). In certain cases, a human antibody may be at least 95%, or even at least 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical in amino acid sequence to the amino acid sequence encoded by the germline immunoglobulin gene. Typically, a human antibody derived
from a particular human germline sequence will display no more than 10 amino acid differences from the amino acid sequence encoded by the human germline immunoglobulin gene. In certain cases, the human antibody may display no more than 5, or even no more than 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid difference from the amino acid sequence encoded by the germline immunoglobulin gene.
The terms "monoclonal antibody" or "monoclonal antibody composition" as used herein refer to a preparation of antibody molecules of single molecular composition. A monoclonal antibody composition displays a single binding specificity and affinity for a particular epitope. A "human monoclonal antibody" refers to antibodies displaying a single binding specificity which have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
The term "recombinant human antibody", as used herein, includes all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic or transchromosomal for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom, antibodies isolated from a host cell transformed to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library, and antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In certain embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
As used herein, "isotype" refers to the antibody class (e.g., IgM or IgGl) that is encoded by heavy chain constant region genes.
The terms "transgenic, nonhuman animal" refers to a nonhuman animal having a genome comprising one or more human heavy and/or light chain transgenes or transchromosomes (either integrated or non-integrated into the animal's natural genomic DNA) and which is capable of expressing folly human antibodies. For example, a transgenic rat can have a human light chain transgene and either a human heavy chain transgene or human heavy chain transchromosome, such that the rat produces human anti-INF-α antibodies. The human heavy chain transgene can be integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the rat, or the human heavy chain transgene can be maintained extrachromosomally. Transgenic and transchromosomal animals are capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to Alpha V (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching.
A "composition" is also intended to encompass a combination of active agent and another carrier, e.g., compound or composition, inert (for example, a detectable agent or label) or active, such as an adjirvant, diluent, binder, stabilizer, buffers, salts, lipophilic solvents, preservative, adjuvant or the like. Carriers also include pharmaceutical excipients and additives proteins, peptides, amino acids, lipids, and carbohydrates (e.g., sugars, including monosaccharides, di~, tri-, terra-, and oligosaccharides; derivatized sugars sucli as alditols, aldonic acids, esterified sugars and the like; and polysaccharides or sugar polymers), which can be present singly or in combination, comprising alone or in combination 1-99.99% by weight or volume. Exemplary protein excipients include serum albumin such as human serum albumin (HSA), recombinant human albumin (rHA), gelatin, casein, and the like. Representative amino acid/antibody components, which can also function in a buffering capacity, include alanine, glycine, arginine, betaine, histidine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, cysteine, lysine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, methionine, phenylalanine, aspartame, and the like. Carbohydrate excipients are also intended within the scope of this invention, examples of which include but are not limited to monosaccharides such as fructose, maltose, galactose, glucose, D-mannose, sorbose, and the like; disaccharides, such as lactose, sucrose, trehalose, cellobiose, and the like; polysaccharides, such as raffmose, melezitose, maltodextrins, dextrans, starches, and the like; and alditols, such as mannitol, xylitol, maltitol, lactitol, xylitol sorbitol (glucitol) and myoinositol.
The term carrier further includes a buffer or a pH adjusting agent; typically, the buffer is a salt prepared from an organic acid or base. Representative buffers include organic acid salts such as salts of citric acid, ascorbic acid, gluconic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, or phthalic acid; Tris, tromethamine hydrochloride, or phosphate buffers. Additional carriers include polymeric excipients/additives such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, ficolls (a polymeric sugar), dextrates (e.g., cyclodextrins, such as 2 -hydroxypropyl-. quadrature. - cyclodextrin), polyethylene glycols, flavoring agents, antimicrobial agents, sweeteners, antioxidants, antistatic agents, surfactants (e.g., polysorbates such as 'TWEEN 20" and "TWEEN 80"), lipids {e.g. , phospholipids, fatty acids), steroids (e.g., cholesterol), and chelating agents (e.g., EDTA).
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" encompasses any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers, such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, and emulsions, such as an oil/water or water/oil emulsion, and various types of wetting agents. The compositions also can include stabilizers and preservatives and any of the above noted carriers with the additional provisio that they be acceptable for use in vivo. For examples of carriers, stabilizers and adjuvants, see Martin REMINGTON'S PHARM. SCL, 15th Ed. (Mack Publ. Co., Easton (1975) and Williams & Williams, (1995), and in the "PHYSICIAN'S DESK REFERENCE", 52nd ed., Medical Economics, Monrvale, N.J. (1998).
An "effective amount" is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages.
The invention provides an antibody or a variant, derivative or fragment thereof that specifically recognizes and binds an epitope on the polgreplide or protein expressed by a gene identified in Table 1. In one aspect, the antibodies are isolated. In another aspect, they are combined with a suitable carrier. The antibodies can be polyclonal or monoclonal and can be isolated from any species, murine, rat, simian, or recobminantly produced and isolated. Also provided by this invention are the hybridoma cell lines that produce these monoclonal antibodies, alone in combination with a carrier or in culture.
Also provided by this invention is a polypeptide that comprises an antibody, variant, derivative or fragment thereof, including but not limited to immunoglobulin chains and CDRs.
The present invention further provides an anti-idiotypic antibody. An anti- idiotype antibody includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule, such as but not limited to at least one complementarity determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework region, or any portion thereof, that can be incorporated into an antibody of the present invention. An anti-idiotype antibody of the invention can include or be derived from any mammal, such as but not limited to a human, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a rodent, a primate, and the like.
This invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes an antibody of this invention, alone in combination with vectors, carriers, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, and host cells.
The present invention further provides, in one aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising, complementary, or hybridizing to, a polynucleotide encoding at least one antibody or anti-idiotype antibody of this invention, comprising at least one specified sequence, domain, portion or variant thereof. The present invention further provides recombinant vectors comprising the nucleotides, host cells containing the nucleic acids and/or recombinant vectors, as well as methods of making and/or using such nucleic acids, vectors and/or host cells. Methods for isolating, replicating and expressing polynucleotides are known in the art and described infra.
One or more of the above can be further combined with a carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or medical device which is suitable for use of the antibody or related composition in diagnostic or therapeutic methods.
The carrier can be a liquid phase carrier or solid phase carrier, e.g., bead, gel or carrier molecule such as a liposome. The composition can optionally further comprise at least one further compound, protein or composition. An additional example of "carriers" includes therapeutically active agents such as another peptide or protein {e.g., an Fab' fragment). For example, an antibody
of this invention, variant, derivative or fragment thereof can be functionally linked (e.g., by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., to produce a bispecific or a multispecific antibody), a cytotoxin, a cellular ligand or an antigen. Accordingly, this invention encompasses a large variety of antibody conjugates, bi- and multispecific molecules, and fusion proteins, whether or not they target the same epitope as the antibodies of this invention.
Yet additional examples of carriers are organic molecules (also termed modifying agents) or activating agents, that can be covalently attached, directly or indirectly, to an antibody of this invention. Attachment of the molecule can improve pharmacokinetic properties (e.g., increased in vivo serum half-life). Examples of organic molecules include, but are not limited to a hydrophilic polymeric group, a fatty acid group or a fatty acid ester group. As used herein, the term "fatty acid" encompasses mono-carboxylic acids and di-carboxylic acids. A "hydrophilic polymeric group," as the term is used herein, refers to an organic polymer that is more soluble in water than in octane.
Hydrophilic polymers suitable for modifying antibodies of the invention can be linear or branched and include, for example, polyalkane glycols (e.g., PEG, monomethoxy-polyethylene glycol (mPEG), PPG and the like), carbohydrates (e.g., dextran, cellulose, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides and the like), polymers of hydrophilic amino acids (e.g., polylysine, polyarginine, polyaspartate and the like), polyalkane oxides (e.g., polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and the like) and polyvinyl pyrolidone. A suitable hydrophilic polymer that modifies the antibody of the invention has a molecular weight of about 800 to about 150,000 Daltons as a separate molecular entity. The hydrophilic polymeric group can be substituted with one to about six alkyl, fatty acid or fatty acid ester groups. Hydrophilic polymers that are substituted witih a fatty acid or fatty acid ester group can be prepared by employing suitable methods. For example, a polymer comprising an amine group can be coupled to a carboxylate of the fatty acid or fatty acid ester, and an activated carboxylate (e.g. , activated with N, N-carbonyl diimidazole) on a fatty acid or fatty acid ester can be coupled to a hydroxyl group on a polymer.
Fatty acids and fatty acid esters suitable for modifying antibodies of the invention can be saturated or can contain one or more units of unsaturation. Examples of such include, but are not limited to n-dodecanoate, n-tetradecanoate, n- octadecanoate, n-eicosanoate, n-docosanoate, n-triacontanoate, n-tetracontanoate, cis- .DELTA.9-octadecanoate, all cis-.DELTA.5,8,l 1 , 14-eicosatetraenoate, octanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, and the like. Suitable fatty acid esters include mono-esters of dicarboxylic acids that comprise a linear or branched lower alkyl group. The lower alkyl group can comprise from one to about twelve, preferably one to about six, carbon atoms. In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a transgenic nonhuman. animal, such as a transgenic mouse (also referred to herein as a "HuMAb mouse"), which expresses a fully human monoclonal antibody that neutralizes at least one protein subtype similar to an antibody of this invention as defined above. In a particular embodiment, the transgenic nonhuman animal is a transgenic mouse having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene encoding all or a portion of an anti-alpha V antibody of the invention. Preferably, the transgenic noπihuman animal, e.g., the transgenic mouse, is capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to an epitope of interest by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching. Isotype switching may occur by, e.g., classical or non-classical isotype switching.
Accordingly, in another embodiment, the invention provides isolated cells derived or isolated from a transgenic nonhuman animal as described above, e.g., a transgenic mouse, which express human antibodies. The isolated B-cells can then be immortalized by fusion to an immortalized cell to provide a source (e.g., a hybridoma) of human antibodies. These h/ybridomas are also included within the scope of the invention.
The present invention further provides at least one antibody method or composition, for diagnosing a cancer of epithelial origin, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate or colon cancer, in a cell, tissue, organ, animal or patient and/or, prior to, subsequent to, or during a related condition, as known in the art and/or as described herein. They are also used to prognose or monitor disease progression.
Also provided is a composition containing at least oαe antibody of this invention, variant, derivative or fragment thereof, suitable for administration in an effective amount to modulate or ameliorate symptoms associated with cancers of epithelial origin, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)5 ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancer, or treat at least one such cancer. The compositions include, for example, pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions/kits, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one antibody of this invention, variant, derivative or fragment thereof. As noted above, the composition can further comprise additional antibodies or therapeutic agents which in combination, provide multiple therapies tailored to provide the maximum therapeutic benefit.
Alternatively, a composition of this invention can be co-administered with other therapeutic and cytotoxic agents, whether or not linked to them or administered in the same dosing. They can be coadministered simultaneou-sly with such agents (e.g., in a single composition or separately) or can be administered before or after administration of such agents. Such agents can include corticosteroids, nonsteroidal immune suppressants, antimalarials, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. The compositions can be combined with alternative therapies sucti as administration of corticosteroids, nonsteroidal immune suppressants, antimalarials, and nonsteroidal anti-inflamatory drugs. The methods of this invention can be practiced either in vitro or in vivo. When practiced in vitro, the methods require contacting the cells with (e.g., administering or delivering to the cells) one or more antibodies and/or related therapeutic compositions, derivatives etc. containing the antibodies as described above.
The antibodies and compositions can be delivered by any suitable means and with any suitable formulation. Accordingly, a formulation comprising an antibody of this invention is further provided herein. The formulation can further comprise one or more preservative or stabilizer such as phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrite, phenoxyethanol, formaldehyde, chlorobutanol, magnesium chloride (e.g., hexahydrate), alkylparaben (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethoαium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and thimerosal, or mixtures thereof in an aqueous diluent. Any suitable concentration or mixture can be used as known in the art, such as 0.001-5%,
or any range or value therein, such as, but not limited to 0.0O1, 0.003, 0.005, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.05, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, O.4., 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or any range or value therein. Non-limiting examples include, no preservative, 0.1 -2% m-cresol (e.g., 0.2, 0.3. 0.4, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.1-3% benzyl alcohol (e.g., 0.5, O.S>, 1.1., 1.5, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5%), 0.001-0.5% thimerosal (e.g., 0.005, 0.01), 0.001-2.0°/6 phenol (e.g., 0.05, 0.25, 0.28, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0%), 0.0005-1.0% alkylparaben(s) (e.g., 0.0O075, 0.0009, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.0075, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.075, 0.09, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 0.9, and 1.0%).
As noted above, the invention provides an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material and at least one vial comprising a solution of at least antibody as of this invention with the prescribed buffers and/or preservatives, optionally in an aqueous diluent, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that indicates that such solution can be held over a period of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36,40, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 hours or greater. The invention further comprises an article of manufacture, comprising packaging material, a first vial comprising at least one lyophilized antibody of this invention and a second vial comprising an aqueous diluent of prescribed buffer or preservative, wherein said packaging material comprises a label that instructs a patient to reconstitute the anϋbody in the aqueous diluent to form a solution that can be held over a period of twenty- four hours or greater.
The range antibody includes amounts yielding upon røconstitution, if in a wet/dry system, concentrations from about 1.0 μg/ml to about 1000 mg/ml, although lower and higher concentrations are operable and are dependent on the intended delivery vehicle, e.g., solution formulations will differ from transdermal patch, pulmonary, transmucosal, or osmotic or micro pump methods .
The formulations of the present invention can be prepared by a process which comprises mixing at least one antibody of this invention and a preservative selected from the group consisting of phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, o-cresol, chlorocresol, benzyl alcohol, alkylparaben, (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, sodium dehydroacetate and tliimerosal or mixtures
thereof in an aqueous diluent. Mixing of the antibody and preservative in an aqueous diluent is carried out using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. For example, a measured amount of at least one antibody in buffered solution is combined with the desired preservative in a buffered solution in quantities sufficient to provide the antibody and preservative at the desired concentrations. Variations of this process would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., the order the components are added, whether additional additives are used, the temperature and pH at which the formulation is prepared, are all factors that can be optimized for the concentration and means of administration used. The compositions and formulations can be provided to patients as clear solutions or as dual vials comprising a vial of lyophilized antibody that is reconstituted with a second vial containing the aqueous diluent. Either a single solution vial or dual vial requiring reconstitution can be reused multiple times and can suffice for a single or multiple cycles of patient treatment and thus provides a more convenient treatment regimen than currently available. Recognized devices comprising these single vial systems include those pen-injector devices for delivery of a solution such as BD Pens, BD Autojectore, Humaject.RTM.' NovoPen.RTM., B- D.RTM.Pen, AutoPen.RTM., and OptiPen.RTM., GenotropinPen.RTM., Genotronorm Pen.RTM., Humatro Pen.RTM., Reco-Pen.RTM., Roferon Pen.RTM., Biojector.RTM., iject.RTM., J-tip Needle-Free Injector.RTM., Intraject.RTM., Medi- Ject.RTM., e.g., as made or developed by Becton Dickensen (Franklin Lakes, NJ. available at bectondickenson.com), Disetronic (Burgdorf, Switzerland, available at disetronic.com; Bioject, Portland, Oregon (available at bioject.com); National Medical Products, Weston Medical (Peterborough, UK, available at weston- medical.com), Medi-Ject Corp (Minneapolis, Minn., available at mediject.com).
ANTIBODIES
The antibodies of this invention are monoclonal antibodies, although in certain aspects, polyclonal antibodies can be utilized. They also can be functional fragments, antibody derivatives or antibody variants. They can be chimeric, humanized, or totally human. A functional fragment of an antibody includes but is not limited to Fab, Fab', Fab2, Fab'2, and single chain variable regions. Antibodies can be produced in cell culture, in phage, or in various animals, including but not limited to
cows, rabbits, goats, mice, rats, hamsters, guinea pigs, sheep, dogs, cats, monkeys, chimpanzees, apes, etc. So long as the fragment or derivative retains specificity of binding or neutralization ability as the antibodies of this invention it can be used. Antibodies can be tested for specificity of binding by comparing binding to appropriate antigen to binding to irrelevant antigen or antigen mixture under a given set of conditions. If the antibody binds to the appropriate antigen at least 2, 5, 7, and preferably 10 times more than to irrelevant antigen or antigen mixture then it is considered to be specific. Specific assays, e.g., ELISA, for determining specificity are known in the art. The antibodies also are characterized by their ability to specifically recognize and bind an epitope of interest.
The monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be generated using conventional hybridoma techniques known in the art and well-described in the literature. For example, a hybridoma is produced by fusing a suitable immortal cell line {e.g., a myeloma cell line such as, but not limited to, Sp2/0, Sp2/0-AG14, NSO, NSl, NS2, AE-I, L.5, >243, P3X63Ag8.653, Sp2 SA3, Sp2 MAI, Sp2 SSl, Sp2 SA5, U397, MLA 144, ACT IV, M0LT4, DA-I, JURKAT, WEHI, K-562, COS, RAJI, NIH 3T3, HL-60, MLA 144, NAMAIWA, NEURO 2A, CHO, PerC.6, YB2/O) or the like, or heteromyelomas, fusion products thereof, or any cell or fusion cell derived therefrom, or any other suitable cell line as known in the art (see, e.g., www.atcc.org, www.lifetech.com., and the like), with antibody producing cells, such as, but not limited to, isolated or cloned spleen, peripheral blood, lymph, tonsil, or other immune or B cell containing cells, or any other cells expressing heavy or light chain constant or variable or framework or CDR sequences, either as endogenous or heterologous nucleic acid, as recombinant or endogenous, viral, bacterial, algal, prokaryotic, amphibian, insect, reptilian, fish, mammalian, rodent, equine, ovine, goat, sheep, primate, eukaryotic, genomic DNA, cDNA, rDNA, mitochondrial DNA or RNA, chloroplast DNA or RNA, hnRNA, mRNA, tRNA, single, double or triple stranded, hybridized, and the like or any combination thereof. Antibody producing cells can also be obtained from the peripheral blood or, preferably the spleen or lymph nodes, of humans or other suitable animals that have been immunized with the antigen of interest. Any other suitable host cell can also be used for expressing-heterologous or
endogenous nucleic acid encoding an antibody, specified fragment or variant thereof, of the present invention. The fused cells (hybridomas) or recombinant cells can be isolated using selective culture conditions or other suitable known methods, and cloned by limiting dilution or cell sorting, or other known methods. Other suitable methods of producing or isolating antibodies of the requisite specificity can be used, including, but not limited to, methods that select recombinant antibody from a peptide or protein library (e.g., but not limited to, a bacteriophage, ribosome, oligonucleotide, RNA, cDNA, or the like, display library; e.g., as available from various commercial vendors such as Cambridge Antibody Technologies (Cambridgeshire, UK), MorphoSys (Martinsreid/Planegg, Del.), Biovation (Aberdeen, Scotland, UK) Biolnvent (Lund, Sweden), using methods known in the art. See U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,704,692; 5,723,323; 5,763,192; 5,814,476; 5,817,483; 5,824,514; 5,976,862. Alternative methods rely upon immunization of transgenic animals (e.g., SCID mice, Nguyen et al. (1977) Microbiol. Immunol. 41:901-907 (1997); Sandhu et al., (1996) Crit. Rev. Biotechnol. 16:95-118; Eren et al. (1998) Immunol. 93:154-161 that are capable of producing a repertoire of human antibodies, as known in the art and/or as described herein. Such techniques, include, but are not limited to, ribosome display (Hanes et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 94:4937-4942; Hanes et al., (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95:14130-14135); single cell antibody producing technologies (e.g., selected lymphocyte antibody method ("SLAM") (U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,052, Wen et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 17:887-892; Babcook et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1996) 93:7843-7848); gel microdroplet and flow cytometry (Powell et al. (1990) Biotechnol. 8:333-337; One Cell Systems, (Cambridge, Mass).; Gray et al. (1995) J. Imm. Meth. 182:155-163; Kenny et al. (1995) Bio/Technol. 13:787-790); B-cell selection (Steenbakkers et al. (1994) Molec. Biol. Reports 19:125-134 (1994).
Antibody variants of the present invention can also be prepared using delivering a polynucleotide encoding an antibody of this invention to a suitable host such as to provide transgenic animals or mammals, such as goats, cows, horses, sheep, and the like, that produce such antibodies in their milk. These methods are known in the art and are described for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,827,690; 5,849,992; 4,873,316; 5,849,992; 5,994,616; 5,565,362; and 5,304,489.
The term "antibody variant" includes post-translational modification to linear polypeptide sequence of the antibody or fragment. For example, U.S. Patent No. 6,602,684 Bl describes a method for the generation of modified glycol-forms of antibodies, including whole antibody molecules, antibody fragments, or fusion proteins that include a region equivalent to the Fc region of an immunoglobulin, having enhanced Fc-mediated cellular toxicity, and glycoproteins so generated.
Antibody variants also can be prepared by delivering a polynucleotide of this invention to provide transgenic plants and cultured plant cells (e.g., but not limited to tobacco, maize, and duckweed) that produce such antibodies, specified portions or variants in the plant parts or in cells cultured therefrom. For example, Cramer et al. (1999) Curr. Top. Microbol. Immunol. 240:95-118 and references cited therein, describe the production of transgenic tobacco leaves expressing large amounts of recombinant proteins, e.g., using an inducible promoter. Transgenic maize have been used to express mammalian proteins at commercial production levels, with biological activities equivalent to those produced in other recombinant systems or purified from natural sources. See, e.g., Hood et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. (1999) 464:127-147 and references cited therein. Antibody variants have also been produced in large amounts from transgenic plant seeds including antibody fragments, such as single chain antibodies (scFv's), including tobacco seeds and potato tubers. See, e.g., Conrad et al.(1998) Plant MoI. Biol. 38:101-109 and reference cited therein. Thus, antibodies of the present invention can also be produced using transgenic plants, according to know methods.
Antibody derivatives can be produced, for example, by adding exogenous sequences to modify immunogenicity or reduce, enhance or modify binding, affinity, on-rate, off-rate, avidity, specificity, half-life, or any other suitable characteristic. Generally part or all of the non-human or human CDR sequences are maintained while the non-human sequences of the variable and constant regions are replaced with human or other amino acids.
In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding. Humanization or engineering of antibodies of the present invention can be performed using any known method, such as but not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,723,323, 5,976,862, 5,824,514, 5,817,483,
5,814,476, 5,763,192, 5,723,323, 5,766,886, 5,714,352, 6,204,023, 6,180,370, 5,693,762, 5,530,101, 5,585,089, 5,225,539; and 4,816,567.
Techniques for making partially to fully human antibodies are known in the art and any such techniques can be used. According to one embodiment, fully human antibody sequences are made in a transgenic mouse which has been engineered to express human heavy and light chain antibody genes. Multiple strains of such transgenic mice have been made which can produce different classes of antibodies. B cells from transgenic mice which are producing a desirable antibody can be fused to make hybridoma cell lines for continuous production of the desired antibody. (See for example, Russel, N.D. et al. (2000) Infection and Immunity April 2000:1820-1826; Gallo, M. L. et al. (2000) European J. of Immun. 30:534-540; Green, L. L. (1999) J. of Immun. Methods 231:11-23; Yang, X-D et al. (1999A) J. of Leukocyte Biology 66:401-410; Yang, X-D (1999B) Cancer Research 59(6): 1236-1243; Jakobovits, A. (1998) Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 31:33-42; Green, L. and Jakobovits, A. (1998) J. Exp. Med. 188(3):483-495; Jakobovits, A. (1998) Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 7(4):607-614; Tsuda, H. et al. (1997) Genomics 42:413-421; Sherman-Gold, R. (1997). Genetic Engineering News 17(14); Mendez, M. et al. (1997) Nature Genetics 15:146-156; Jakobovits, A. (1996) WEIR'S HANDBOOK OF EXPERIMENTAL IMMUNOLOGY, THE INTEGRATED IMMUNE SYSTEM VOL. IV, 194.1-194.7; Jakobovits, A. (1995) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 6:561-566; Mendez, M. et al. (1995)
Genomics 26:294-307; Jakobovits, A. (1994) Current Biology 4(8):761-763; Arbones, M. et al. (1994) Immunity l(4):247-260; Jakobovits, A. (1993) Nature 362(6417):255-258; Jakobovits, A. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90(6):2551-2555; Kυcherlapati, et al. U.S. Patent No. 6,075,181.) Human monoclonal antibodies can also be produced by a hybridoma which includes a B cell obtained from a transgenic nonhuman animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell.
The antibodies of this invention also can be modified to create chimeric antibodies. Chimeric antibodies are those in which the various domains of the antibodies' heavy and light chains are coded for by DNA from more than one species. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No.: 4,816,567.
The term "antibody derivative" also includes "diabodies" which are small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, wherein fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH VL). (See for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448.) By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. (See also, U.S. Patent No. 6,632,926 to Chen et al. which discloses antibody variants that have one or more amino acids inserted into a hypervariable region of the parent antibody and a binding affinity for a target antigen which is at least about two fold stronger than the binding affinity of the parent antibody for the antigen.)
The term "antibody derivative" further includes "linear antibodies". The procedure for making the is known in the art and described in Zapata et al. (1995) Protein Eng. 8(10):1057-1062. Briefly, these antibodies comprise a pair of tandem Fd segments (VH -CH 1-VH -CHI) which form a pair of antigen binding regions. Linear antibodies can be bispecific or monospecific.
The antibodies of this invention can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by known methods including, but not limited to, protein A purification, ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography;, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") can also be used for purification. Antibodies of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a eukaryotic host, including, for example, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells, or alternatively from a prokaryotic cells as described above.
In some aspects of this invention, it will be useful to detectably or therapeutically label the antibody. Methods for conjugating antibodies to these agents are known in the art. For the purpose of illustration only, antibodies can be labeled with a detectable moiety such as a radioactive atom, a chromophore, a fluorophore, or
the like. Such labeled antibodies can be used for diagnostic techniques, either in vivo, or in an isolated test sample. Antibodies can also be conjugated, for example, to a pharmaceutical agent, such as chemotherapeutic drug or a toxin. They can be linked to a cytokine, to a ligand, to another antibody. Suitable agents for coupling to antibodies to achieve an anti-tumor effect include cytokines, such as interleukin 2 (IL- 2) and Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF); photosensitizers, for use in photodynamic therapy, including aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulfonate, hematoporphyrin, and phthalocyanine; radionuclides, such as iodine-131 (131I), yttrium-90 (90Y), bismuth-212 (212Bi), bismuth-213 (213Bi), technetium-99m (99mTc), rhenium-186 (186Re), and rhenium-188 (188Re); antibiotics, such as doxorubicin, adriamycin, daunorubicin, methotrexate, daunomycin, neocarzinostatin, and carboplatin; bacterial, plant, and other toxins, such as diphtheria toxin, pseudomonas exotoxin A, staphylococcal enterotoxin A, abrin-A toxin, ricin A (deglycosylated ricin A and native ricin A), TGF-alpha toxin, cytotoxin from Chinese cobra (naja naja atra), and gelonin (a plant toxin); ribosome inactivating proteins from plants, bacteria and fungi, such as restrictocin (a ribosome inactivating protein produced by Aspergillus restrictus), saporin (a ribosome inactivating protein from Saponaria officinalis), and RNase; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; ly207702 (a difluorinated purine nucleoside); liposomes containing anti cystic agents (e.g., antisense oligonucleotides, plasmids which encode for toxins, methotrexate, etc.); and other antibodies or antibody fragments, such as F(ab).
With respect to preparations containing antibodies covalently linked to organic molecules, they can be prepared using suitable methods, such as by reaction with one or more modifying agents. Examples of such include modifying and activating groups. A "modifying agent" as the term, is used herein, refers to a suitable organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester) that comprises an activating group. Specific examples of these are provided supra. An "activating group" is a chemical moiety or functional group that can, under appropriate conditions, react with a second chemical group thereby forming a covalent bond between the modifying agent and the second chemical group. Examples of such are electrophilic groups such as tosylate, mesylate, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo), N- hydroxysuccinimidyl esters (NHS), and the like. Activating groups that can react with thiols include, for example, maleimide, iodoacetyl, acrylolyl, pyridyl disulfides, 5-
thiol-2-nitrobenzoic acid thiol (TNB-thiol), and the like. An aldehyde functional group can be coupled to amine- or hydrazide-containing molecules, and an azide group can react with a trivalent phosphorous group to form phosphoramidate or phosphorimide linkages. Suitable methods to introduce activating groups into molecules are known in the art (see for example, Hermanson, G. T.,
BIOCONJUGATE TECHNIQUES, Academic Press: San Diego, Calif. (1996)). An activating group can be bonded directly to the organic group (e.g., hydrophilic polymer, fatty acid, fatty acid ester), or through a linker moiety, for example a divalent C1-C12 group wherein one or more carbon atoms can be replaced by a fcieteroatom such as oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur. Suitable linker moieties include, for example, tetraethylene glycol. Modifying agents that comprise a linker moiety can be produced, for example, by reacting a mono-Boc-alkyldiamine (e.g., mono-Boc- ethylenediamine, mono-Boc-diaminohexane) with a fatty acid in the presence of 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) to form an amide bond between the free amine and the fatty acid carboxylate. The Boc protecting group can be removed from the product by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) to expose a primary amine that can be coupled to another carboxylate as described, or can be reacted with maleic anhydride and the resulting product cyclized to produce an activated maleimido derivative of the fatty acid. The modified antibodies of the invention can be produced by reacting a human antibody or antigen-binding fragment with a modifying agent. For example, the organic moieties can be bonded to the antibody in a non-site specific manner by employing an amine-reactive modifying agent, for example, an NHS ester of PEG. Modified human antibodies or antigen-binding fragments can also be prepared by reducing disulfide bonds (e.g. , intra-chain disulfide bonds) of an antibody or antigen- binding fragment. The reduced antibody or antigen-binding fragment can then be reacted with a thiol-reactive modifying agent to produce the modified antibody of the invention. Modified human antibodies and antigen-binding fragments comprising an organic moiety that is bonded to specific sites of an antibody of the present invention can be prepared using suitable methods, such as reverse proteolysis. See generally, Hermanson, G. T., BIOCONJUGATE TECHNIQUES, Academic Press: San Diego, Calif. (1996).
POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES
Polynucleotides, polypeptides and fragment(s) thereof, can be obtained by using the sequence information provided in Table 1 (and the sequence listing infra) and chemical synthesis using a commercially available automated peptide synthesizer such as those manufactured by Perkin Elmer/Applied Biosystems, Inc., Model 430A or 43 IA, Foster City, CA, USA. The synthesized protein or polypeptide can be precipitated and further purified, for example by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Accordingly, this invention also provides a process for chemically synthesizing the proteins of this invention by providing the sequence of the protein and reagents, such, as amino acids and enzymes and linking together the amino acids in the proper orientation and linear sequence.
Alternatively, the proteins and polypeptides can be obtained by well-known recombinant methods as described herein using the host cell and vector systems as described herein. The host cell can be prokaryotic or eukaryotic. Host cell systems are described supra.
DIAGNOSTIC METHODS
As noted above, this invention provides various methods for aiding in the diagnosis of the state of a cell that is characterized by abnormal cell growth in the form of, e.g., malignancy, hyperplasia or metaplasia. The methods are particularly useful for aiding in the diagno sis of cancers of epithelial origin, e.g. , non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancer. The neoplastic state of a cell can be determined by noting whether the growth of the cell is not governed by the usual limitation of normal growth. For the purposes of this invention, the term also is to include genotypic changes that occur prior to detection of this growth in the form of a tumor and are causative of these phenotypic changes. The phenotypic changes associated with the neoplastic state of a cell (a set of in vitro characteristics associated with a tumorigenic ability in vivo) include a more rounded cell morphology, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, release of proteases such as plasminogen activator, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, expression of fetal antigens and the like. (See, Luria et al. (1978) GENERAL VIROLOGY, 3d edition, 436-446 (John Wiley & Sons, New York)).
Accordingly, one embodiment is a method of" diagnosing the condition of a cell by screening for the presence of a differentially expressed polynucleotide or polypeptide isolated from a sample containing or suspected of containing having cells that express said gene, in which the differential expression of the gene is indicative of the neoplastic state of the cell. As shown below, the gene is expressed more in a cancer or tumor cell, wherein said cell is one or more of lung, ovarian or prostate, as compared to a counterpart normal or healthy cell or tissue.
Detection can be by any appropriate method, including for example, detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of cDNA produced from the reverse transcription of the mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene. Pxobes for each of these methods are provided by reverse translating the peptides identified in Table 1 and using the polynucleotides encoding the peptides. These methods can be performed on a sample by sample basis or modified for high throughput analysis. Additionally, databases containing quantitative full or partial transcripts or protein sequences isolated from a cell sample can be searched and analyzed for the presence and amount of transcript or expressed gene product. In one aspect, the database contains at least one of the sequences shown in Table 1 and/or the polynucleotide encoding it.
For the purpose of illustration only, gene expression is determined by noting the amount (if any, e.g., altered) expression of the gene in the test system at the level of an mRNA transcribed from the gene of interest. Irx a separate embodiment, augmentation of the level of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene of interest is indicative of the presence of the neoplastic condition of the cell. The method can be used for aiding in the diagnosis of lung, ovarian or prostate cancer. Thus, by detecting this genotype prior to tumor growth, one can predict a predisposition to cancer and/or provide early diagnosis and treatment.
Cell or tissue samples used for this invention encompass body fluid, solid tissue samples, tissue cultures or cells derived there from and the progeny thereof and sections or smears prepared from any of these sources or any other samples that may contain a cell having a gene described herein. In one embodiment, the sample comprises cells prepared from a subject's tissue, e.g., lung or tissue which may contain a metastatis.
In assaying for an alteration in mRNA level, nucleic acid contained in the aforementioned samples is first extracted according to standard methods in the art. For instance, mRNA can be isolated using various lytic enzymes or chemical solutions according to the procedures set forth in Sambrook et al. (1989) supra or extracted by nucleic-acid-binding resins following the accompanying instructions provided by manufactures. The mRNA of a gene contained in the extracted nucleic acid sample is then detected by hybridization (e.g., Northern blot analysis) and/or amplification procedures according to methods widely known in the art or based on the methods exemplified herein. Nucleic acid molecules having at least 10 nucleotides and exhibiting sequence complementarity or homology to at least one polynucleotide encoding a peptide identified in Table 1 find utility as hybridization probes. It is known in the art that a "perfectly matched" probe is not needed for a specific hybridization. IVIinor changes in probe sequence achieved by substitution, deletion or insertion of a small number of bases do not affect the hybridization specificity. In general, as much as 20% base-pair mismatch (when optimally aligned) can be tolerated. Preferably, a probe useful for detecting mRNA is at least about 80% identical to the homologous region of comparable size contained in the genes or polynucleotides encoding the peptides identified in Table 1. In one aspect, the probe is 85% identical to the corresponding polynucleotide sequence after alignment of the homologous region or, alternatively, it exhibits 90% identity. These probes can be used in radioassays (e.g., Southern and Northern blot analysis) to detect, prognose, diagnose or monitor various neoplastic states resulting from differential expression of a polynucleotide of interest. The total size of fragment, as well as the size of the complementary stretches, will depend on the intended use or application of the particular nucleic acid segment. Smaller fragments derived from the known sequences will generally find use in hybridization embodiments, wherein the length of the complementary region may be varied, such as between about 10 and about 100 nucleotides or even full-length according to the complementary sequences one wishes to detect. In one aspect, nucleotide probes having complementary sequences over stretches greater than about 10 nucleotides in length are used, so as to increase stability and selectivity of the hybrid and, thereby, improving the specificity of
particular hybrid molecules obtained. Alternatively, one can design nucleic acid molecules having gene-complementary stretches of more than about 25 or alternatively more than about 50 nucleotides in length or even longer where desired. Such fragments may be readily prepared by, for example, directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means, by application of nucleic acid reproduction technology, such as the PCR™ technology with two priming oligonucleotides as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,603,102 or by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production. In one aspect, a probe is about 50 to about 75, nucleotides or, alternatively, about 50 to about 100 nucleotides in length. These probes can be designed from the sequence of full length genes.
In certain embodiments, it will be advantageous to employ nucleic acid sequences as described herein in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for detecting hybridization and therefore complementary sequences. A wide variety of appropriate indicator means are known in the art, including fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of giving a detectable signal. One can employ a fluorescent label or an enzyme tag, such as urease, alkaline phosphatase or peroxidase, instead of radioactive or other environmental undesirable reagents, hi the case of enzyme tags, colorimetric indicator substrates are known which can be employed to provide a means visible to the human eye or spectrophotometrically, to identify specific hybridization with complementary nucleic acid-containing samples.
Hybridization reactions can be performed under conditions of different "stringency". Relevant conditions include temperature, ionic strength, time of incubation, the presence of additional solutes in the reaction mixture such as formamide and the washing procedure. Higher stringency conditions are those conditions, such as higher temperature and lower sodium ion concentration, which require higher minimum complementarity between hybridizing elements for a stable hybridization complex to form. Conditions that increase the stringency of a hybridization reaction are widely known and published in the art. See, for example, Sambrook et al. (1989) supra.
The nucleotide probes of the present invention can also be used as primers and detection of genes or gene transcripts that are differentially expressed in certain body
tissues. Additionally, a primer useful for detecting the aforementioned differentially expressed mRNA is at least about 80% identical to the homologous region of comparable size contained in the previously identified sequences encoding the peptides identified in Table 1. For the purpose of this invention, "amplification" means any method employing a primer-dependent polymerase capable of replicating a target sequence with reasonable fidelity. Amplification may be carried out by natural or recombinant DNA-polymerases such as T7 DNA polymerase, Klenow fragment of E.coli DNA polymerase and reverse transcriptase.
A known amplification method is PCR, MacPherson et ah, PCR: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, (IRL Press at Oxford University Press (1991)). However, PCR conditions used for each application reaction are empirically determined. A number of parameters influence the success of a reaction. Among them are annealing temperature and time, extension time, Mg2+ ATP concentration, pH and the relative concentration of primers, templates and deoxyribonucleotides. After amplification, the resulting DNA fragments can be detected by agarose gel electrophoresis followed by visualization with ethidium bromide staining and ultraviolet illumination. A specific amplification of differentially expressed genes of interest can be verified by demonstrating that the amplified DNA fragment has the predicted size, exhibits the predicated restriction digestion pattern and/or hybridizes to the correct cloned DNA sequence.
The probes also can be attached to a solid support for use in high throughput screening assays using methods known in the art. PCT WO 97/10365 and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,405,783; 5,412,087 and 5,445,934; for example, disclose the construction of high density oligonucleotide chips which can contain one or more of the sequences disclosed herein. Using the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,405,783;
5,412,087 and 5,445,934; the probes of this invention are synthesized on a derivatized glass surface. Photoprotected nucleoside phosphoramidites are coupled to the glass surface, selectively deprotected by photolysis through a photolithographic mask and reacted with a second protected nucleoside phosphoramidite. The coupling/deprotection process is repeated until the desired probe is complete.
The expression level of a gene can also be determined through exposure of a nucleic acid sample to a probe-modified chip. Extracted nucleic acid is labeled, for
example, with a fluorescent tag, preferably during an amplification step. Hybridization of the labeled sample is performed at an appropriate stringency level. The degree of probe-nucleic acid hybridization is quantitatively measured using a detection device, such as a confocal microscope. See, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,578,832 and 5,631 ,734. The obtained measurement is directly correlated with gene expression level.
The probes and high density oligonucleotide probe arrays also provide an effective means of monitoring expression of the gene of interest. They are also useful to screen for compositions that upregulate or downregulate the expression of the gene of interest.
In another embodiment, the methods of this invention are used to monitor expression of the gene of interest which specifically hybridize to the probes of this invention in response to defined stimuli, such as an exposure of a cell or subject to a drug. In one embodiment, the hybridized nucleic acids are detected by detecting one or more labels attached to the sample nucleic acids. The labels may be incorporated by any of a number of means known to those of skill in the art. However, in one aspect, the label is simultaneously incorporated during the amplification step in the preparation of the sample nucleic acid. Thus, for example, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with labeled primers or labeled nucleotides will provide a labeled amplification product. In a separate embodiment, transcription amplification, as described above, using a labeled nucleotide {e.g., fiuorescein-labeled UTP and/or CTP) incorporates a label into the transcribed nucleic acids.
Alternatively, a label may be added directly to the original nucleic acid sample (β.g., mRNA, polyA, mRNA, cDNA, etc.) or to the amplification product after the amplification is completed. Means of attaching labels to nucleic acids are known to those of skill in the art and include, for example nick translation or end-labeling {e.g., with a labeled RNA) by kinasing of the nucleic acid and subsequent attachment (ligation) of a nucleic acid linker joining the sample nucleic acid to a label {e.g., a fluorophore).
Detectable labels suitable for use in the present invention include any composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electrical, optical or chemical means. Useful labels in the present invention include biotin for staining with labeled streptavidin conjugate, magnetic beads (e.g., Dynabeads™), fluorescent dyes (e.g., fluorescein, Texas red, rhodamine, green fluorescent protein and the like), radiolabels (e.g., 3H, 1251, 35S, 14C or 32P) enzymes (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase and others commonly used in an ELISA) and colorimetric labels such as colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic (e.g., polystyrene, polypropylene, latex, etc.) beads. Patents teaching the use of such labels include U.S. Patents Nos. 3,817,837; 3,850,752; 3,939,350; 3,996,345; 4,277,437; 4,275,149; and 4,366,241.
Means of detecting such labels are known to those of skill in the art. Thus, for example, radiolabels may be detected using photographic film or scintillation counters, fluorescent markers may be detected using a photodetector to detect emitted light. Enzymatic labels are typically detected by providing the enzyme with a substrate and detecting the reaction product produced by the action of the enzyme on the substrate and colorimetric labels are detected by simply visualizing the colored label.
As described in more detail in WO 97/10365, the label may be added to the target (sample) nucleic acid(s) prior to or after the hybridization. These are detectable labels that are directly attached to or incorporated into the target (sample) nucleic acid prior to hybridization. In contrast, "indirect labels" are joined to the hybrid duplex after hybridization. Often, the indirect label is attached to a binding moiety that has been attached to the target nucleic acid prior to the hybridization. Thus, for example, the target nucleic acid may be biotinylated before the hybridization. After hybridization, an avidin-conjugated fluorophore will bind the biotin bearing hybrid duplexes providing a label that is easily detected. For a detailed review of methods of labeling nucleic acids and detecting labeled hybridized nucleic acids; see, LABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, Vol. 24: Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes, P. Tijssen, ed. Elsevier, N. Y. (1993).
The nucleic acid sample also may be modified prior to hybridization to the high density probe array in order to reduce sample complexity thereby decreasing background signal and improving sensitivity of the measurement using methods known in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in WO 97/10365. Results from the chip assay are typically analyzed using a computer software program. See, for example, EP 0717 113 A2 and WO 95/20681. The hybridization data is read into the program, which calculates the expression level of the targeted gene(s) i.e., the genes identified in Table 1. This figure is compared against existing data sets of gene expression levels for diseased and healthy individuals. A correlation between the obtained data and that of a set of diseased individuals indicates the onset of a disease in the subject patient.
Also within the scope of this application is a database useful for the detection of neoplastic lung tissue comprising one or more of the sequences, polynucleotides encoding the peptides, or parts thereof, of the peptides listed Table 1. These polynucleotide sequences are stored in a digital storage medium such that a data processing system for standardized representation of the genes that identify a lung cancer cell is compiled. The data processing system is useful to analyze gene expression between two cells by first selecting a cell suspected of being of a neoplastic phenotype or genotype and then isolating polynucleotides from the cell. The isolated polynucleotides are then sequenced. The sequences from the sample are compared with the sequence(s) present in the database using homology search techniques described above. In one aspect, greater than 90% is selected or, alternatively, greater than 95% is selected or, alternatively, greater than or equal to 97% sequence identity is selected, between the test sequence and at least one sequence, or polynucleotide encoding it, identified in Table 1 or its complement, is a positive indication that the polynucleotide has been isolated from a lung, prostate or ovarian cancer cell as defined above.
Alternatively, one can compare a sample against a database. Briefly, multiple RNAs are isolated from cell or tissue samples using methods known in the art and described for example, in Sambrook et al. (1989) supra. Optionally, the gene transcripts can be converted to cDNA. A sampling of the gene transcripts are subjected to sequence-specific analysis and quantified. These gene transcript
sequence abundances are compared against reference database sequence abundances including normal data sets for diseased and healthy patients. The patient has the disease(s) with which the patient's data set most closely correlates which includes the overexpression of the transcripts identified herein. Differential expression of the gene of interest can also be determined by examining the protein product. A variety of techniques are available in the art for protein analysis. They include but are not limited to radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunoradiometric assays), "sandwich" immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, in situ immunoassays (using e.g., colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels), western blot analysis, immurioprecipitation assays, immunofluorescent assays and PAGE-SDS. One means to determine protein level involves (a) providing a biological sample containing polypeptides; and (b) measuring the amount of any immunospecific binding that occurs between an antibody reactive to the expression product of a gene of interest and a component in the sample, in which the amount of immunospecific binding indicates the level of the expressed proteins.
Antibodies that specifically recognize and bind to the protein products of these genes are required for these immunoassays. These may be purchased from commercial vendors or generated and screened using methods well known in the art. See, Harlow and Lane (1988) supra and Sambrook et al. (1989) supra. Alternatively, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies that specifically recognize and bind the protein product of a gene of interest can be made and isolated using known methods.
In diagnosing malignancy, hyperplasia or metaplasia characterized by a differential expression of genes, one typically conducts a comparative analysis of the subject and appropriate controls. Preferably, a diagnostic test includes a control sample derived from a subject (hereinafter "positive control"), that exhibits the predicted change in expression of a gene of interest and clinical characteristics of the malignancy or metaplasia of interest. Alternatively, a diagnosis also includes a control sample derived from a subject (hereinafter "negative control"), that lacks the clinical characteristics of the neoplastic state and whose expression level of the gene at question is within a normal range. A positive correlation between the subject and the positive control with respect to the identified alterations indicates the presence of
or a predisposition to said disease. A lack of correlation between the subject and the negative control confirms the diagnosis. In a preferred embodiment, the method is used for diagnosing cancers of epithelial origin, e.g., lung, ovarian or prostate, on the basis of a differential expression of the gene of interest.
SCREENING ASSAYS
The present invention also provides a screen for identifying leads, drugs, therapeutic biologies and methods for reversing the neoplastic condition of the cells or selectively inhibiting growth or proliferation of the cells described above. In one aspect, the screen identifies lead compounds or biological agents which are useful for the treatment of malignancy, hyperplasia or metaplasia characterized by differential expression of the gene of interest.
Thus, to practice the method in vitro, suitable cell cultures or tissue cultures are first provided. The cell can be a cultured cell or a genetically modified cell which differentially expresses the gene of interest associated with a neoplastic cell. Alternatively, the cells can be from a tissue biopsy. The cells are cultured under conditions (temperature, growth or culture medium and gas (CO2)) and for an appropriate amount of time to attain exponential proliferation without density dependent constraints. It also is desirable to maintain an additional separate cell culture; one which does not receive the agent being tested as a control. As is apparent to one of skill in the art, the method can be modified for high throughput analysis and suitable cells may be cultured, in microtiter plates and several agents may be assayed at the same time by noting genotypic changes, phenotypic changes and/or cell death.
When the agent is a composition other than a DNA or RNA nucleic acid molecule, the suitable conditions comprise directly added to the cell culture or added to culture medium for addition. As is apparent to those skilled in the art, an "effective" amount must be added which can be empirically determined.
The screen involves contacting the agent with a test cell characterized by differential expression of the gene of interest and then assaying the cell for the level of the gene of interest expression. In some aspects, it may be necessary to determine the level of the gene of interest expression prior to the assay. This provides a base
line to compare expression after administration of the agent to the cell culture. In another embodiment, the test cell is a cultured cell from an established cell line that differentially expresses a gene of interest. An agent is a possible therapeutic agent if gene expression is returned (reduced or increased) to a level that is present in a cell in a normal or non-neoplastic state, or the cell selectively dies, or exhibits reduced rate of growth.
In yet anotiher aspect, the test cell or tissue sample is isolated from the subject to be treated and one or more potential agents are screened to determine the optimal therapeutic and/or course of treatment for that individual patient. For the purposes of this invention, an "agent" is intended to include, but not be limited to a biological or chemical compound such as a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, a protein or an oligonucleotide. A vast array of compounds can be synthesized, for example oligomers, such as oligopeptides and oligonucleotides and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures; these compounds are also included in the term "agent". In addition, various natural sources can provide compounds for screening, such as plant or animal extracts and the like. It should be understood, although not always explicitly stated that the agent is used alone or in combination with another agent, having the same or different biological activity as the agents identified by the inventive screen. The agents and methods also are intended to be combined with other therapies.
As used herein, the term "reversing the neoplastic state of the cell" is intended to include apoptosis, necrosis or any other means of preventing cell division, reduced tumorigenicity, loss of pharmaceutical resistance, maturation, differentiation or reversion of the neoplastic phenotypes as described herein. As noted above, lung cells having differential expression of a gene of interest that results in the neoplastic state are suitably treated by this method. These cells can be identified by any method known in the art that allows for the identification of differential expression of the gene.
When the agent is a nucleic acid, it can be added to the cell cultures by methods known in the art, which includes, but is not limited to calcium phosphate precipitation, microinjection or electroporation. Alternatively or additionally, the nucleic acid can be incorporated into an expression or insertion vector for
incorporation into the cells. Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art and briefly described infra.
Polynucleotides are inserted into vector genomes using methods well known in the art. For example, insert and vector DNA can be contacted, under suitable conditions, with a restriction enzyme to create complementary ends on each molecule that can pair with each other and be joined together with a ligase. Alternatively, synthetic nucleic acid linkers can be ligated to the termini of restricted polynucleotide. These synthetic linkers contain nucleic acid sequences that correspond to a particular restriction site in the vector DNA. Additionally, an oligonucleotide containing a termination codon and an appropriate restriction site can be ligated for insertion into a vector containing, for example, some or all of the following: a selectable marker gene, such as the neomycin gene for selection of stable or transient transfectants in mammalian cells; enhancer/promoter sequences from the immediate early gene of human CMV for high levels of transcription; transcription termination and RNA processing signals irom SV40 for niRNA stability; SV40 polyoma origins of replication and CoIEl for proper episomal replication; versatile multiple cloning sites; and T7 and SP6 RNA promoters for in vitro transcription of sense and antisense RNA. Other means are well-known and available in the art. One can determine if the object of the method, i.e., reversal of the neoplastic state of the cell, has been achieved by a reduction of cell division, differentiation of the cell or assaying for a reduction in gene overexpression. Cellular differentiation can be monitored by histological methods or by monitoring for the presence or loss of certain cell surface markers, which may be associated with an undifferentiated phenotype, e.g., the expression of the gene of interest.
Kits containing the agents and instructions necessary to perform the screen and in vitro method as described herein also are claimed.
When the subject is an animal such as a rat or mouse, the method provides a convenient animal model system which can be used prior to clinical testing of the therapeutic agent or alternatively, for lead optimization. In this system, a candidate agent is a potential drug if gene expression is returned to a normal level or if symptoms associated or correlated to the presence of cells containing differential
expression of a gene of interest are ameliorated, each as compared to untreated, animal having the pathological cells. It also can be useful to have a separate negative control group of cells or animals which, are healthy and not treated, which provides a basis for comparison.
THERAPEUTIC METHODS
Therapeutic agents provided by this invention, include, but are not limited to small molecules, polynucleotides, peptides, antibodies, antigen presenting cells and include immune effector cells that specifically recognize and lyse cells expressing the gene of interest. One can determine if a subject or patient will be beneficially treated by the use of agents by screening one or more of the agents against tumor cells isolated from the subject or patient using methods known in the art. Additional methods are provided infra.
In one embodiment, the therapeutic agent is administered in an amount effective to treat cancer of epithelial origin, e.g., lung, ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancers. Therapeutics of the invention can also be used to prevent progression from a pre-neoplastic or non-malignant state into a neoplastic or a malignant state.
Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer a therapeutic agent of the invention, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, expression by recombinant cells, receptor-mediated endocytosis {See e.g. , Wu and Wu (1987) J. Biol. Chem. 262 :4429-4432), construction of a therapeutic nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc. Methods of delivery include but are not limited to intra-arterial, intra— muscular, intravenous, intranasal and oral routes. In a specific embodiment, it may be desirable to administer the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion during surgery, by injection or by means of a catheter.
The agents identified herein as effective for their intended purpose can be administered to subjects or individuals susceptible to or at risk of developing a disease correlated to the differential expression of the gene of interest. When the agent is administered to a subject such as a mouse, a rat or a human patient, the agent can be added to a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and systemically or topically
administered to the subject. In one aspect, to determine patients that can be beneficially treated, a tumor sample is removed from the patient and the cells are assayed for the differential expression of the gene of interest. Therapeutic amounts can be empirically determined and will vary -with the pathology being treated, the subject being treated and the efficacy and toxicity of the agent. When delivered to an animal, the method is useful to further confirm efficacy of the agent. As an example of an animal model, groups of nude mice (Balb/c NCR nu/nu female, Simonsen, Gilroy, CA) are each subcutaneously inoculated with about 105 to about 109 hyperproliferative, cancer or target cells as defined herein. When the tumor is established, the agent is administered, for example, by subcutaneous injection around the tumor. Tumor measurements to determine reduction of tumor size are made in two dimensions using venier calipers twice a Λveek. Other animal models may also be employed as appropriate.
Administration in vivo can be effected- in one dose, continuously or intermittently throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the composition used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell being treated and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician. Suitable dosage formulations and methods of administering the agents can be found below.
The agents and compositions of the present invention can be used in the manufacture of medicaments and for the treatment of humans and other animals by administration in accordance with conventional procedures, such as an active ingredient in pharmaceutical compositions.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered orally, intranasally, parenterally or by inhalation therapy, and may take the form of tablets, lozenges, granules, capsules, pills, ampoules, suppositories or aerosol form. They may also take the form of suspensions, solutions and emulsions of the active ingredient in aqueous or nonaqueous diluents, syrups, granulates or powders. In addition to an agent of the present invention, the pharmaceutical compositions can also contain other pharmaceutically active compounds or a plurality of compositions of the invention.
More particularly, an agent of the present invention also referred to herein as the active ingredient, may be administered for therapy by any suitable route including oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including transdermal, aerosol, buccal and sublingual), vaginal, parental (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) and pulmonary. It will also be appreciated that the preferred route will vary with the condition and age of the recipient and the disease being treated.
Ideally, the agent should be administered to achieve peak concentrations of the active compound at sites of disease. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of the agent, optionally in saline or orally administered, for example, as a tablet, capsule or syrup containing the a-ctive ingredient. Desirable blood levels of the agent may be maintained by a continuous infusion to provide a therapeutic amount of the active ingredient within disease tissue. The use of operative combinations is contemplated to provide therapeutic combinations requiring a lower total dosage of each component antiviral agent than may be required when each individual therapeutic compound or drug is used alone, thereby reducing adverse effects.
While it is possible for the agent to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation comprising at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefor and optionally other therapeutic agents. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including transdermal, buccal and sublingual), vaginal, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) and pulmonary administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and maybe prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets, eacli containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared "by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form sucli as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder (e.g. , povidone, gelatin, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose) surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally l_>e coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other Chan the stomach. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising thie active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration according to the present invention may be formulated as an ointment, cream, suspension, lotion, powder, solution, past, gel, spray, aerosol or oil. Alternatively, a foxmulation may comprise a patch or a dressing such as a bandage or adhesive plaster impregnated with active ingredients and optionally one or more excipients or diluents . If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-l,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol,
glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the agent through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues. The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While this phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at lease one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulphate.
The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the agent.
Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.
Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the agent, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Formulations suitable for nasal administration, wherein the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid for administration as, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops or by aerosol administration by nebulizer, include aqueous or oily solutions of the agent.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents, thickening agents and liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the compound to blood components or one or more organs. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and maybe stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily subdose, as herein above-recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an agent.
TRANSGENIC ANIMALS
In another aspect, the gene of interest can be used to generate transgenic animal models. In recent years, geneticists have succeeded in creating transgenic animals, for example mice, by manipulating the genes of developing embryos and introducing foreign genes into these embryos. Once these genes have integrated into
the genome of the recipient embryo, the resulting embryos or adult animals can be analyzed to determine the function of the gene. The mutant animals are produced to understand the function of known genes in vivo and to create animal models of human diseases. (See e.g., Chisaka et al. (1992) 355:516-520; Joyner et al. (1992) in POSTIMPLANTATION DEVELOPMENT IN THE MOUSE (Chadwick and Marsh, eds., John Wiley & Sons, United Kingdom) ρp:277-297; Dorin et al. (1992J Nature 359:211-215).
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,464,764 and 5,487,992 describe one type of transgenic animal in which the gene of interest is deleted or mutated sufficiently to disrupt its function. (See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,631 , 153 and 5,627,059). These "knock-out" animals, made by taking advantage of the phenomena of homologous recombination, can be used to study the function of a particular gene sequence in vivo. The polynucleotide sequences described herein are useful in preparing animal models of lung cancer.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
Experiment No. 1: Expression Analysis
Non-small cell lung cancer globally represents a huge unmet medical need. Fresh non-necrotic NSCLC tumor tissue and corresponding normal tissue from individual patients free of infectious disease were obtained. Fresh tissue samples were at least 1.5 grams of tissue less than 24 hrs from surgery shipped on wet ice. Prior to analysis, the tissue was assessed by a pathologist for percent tumor content, tumor stage and histological type. AU of the tissues received were primary lung cancer of stage I, II or IHa where surgery is the first or primary treatment.
Upon receipt of the tissues, the samples the tissues were minced with crossed scalpels. The minced tissues with treated with collagenase and elastase until single cell suspensions were obtained. The single cell suspensions were washed several times and the red blood cells were lysed. The white blood cells were removed by exposure of the cell suspension to antibodies to CD64, CD45 and CD 14 linked to magnetic beads. The epithelial cells were isolated using an antibody to BerEP4 linked to a magnetic bead. The endothelial cells were isolated using an antibody to CD31 linked to a magnetic bead. RNA was prepared from the epithelial cell and endothelial cell samples immediately.
The quality of the RNA from the epithelial and endothelial cells was assessed overall and by expression of specific markers for the cell types. Cytokeratin 18, von Willebrand factor, EFl, P1H12, hevin and cytokeratin 8 were used as markers to determine whether the RNA collected represented a relatively pure cell population of epithelial cells or endothelial cells. After the quality assessment of the RNAs, 4 squamous carcinoma samples, 2 adenocarcinoma samples and 3 normal lung tissue samples were of sufficient quantity and quality for SAGE analysis.
LongS AGE™ was performed on the 9 RNA samples to a depth of approximately 50,000 tags for each library using the methods disclosed in Nature Biotechnology (2002) 20:508-512. An in-depth bioinformatics analysis was undertaken to characterize the SAGE data based upon increased expression of mRNAs across tumor types and in the squamous and adenocarcinoma compared with the normal lung cells. The focus for potential antibody therapeutic targets was on proteins expressed in the plasma membrane. GITR, glucocorticoid-induced TNFR-related protein, is known to be expressed by activated T cells and Treg cells. GITR is also known as activation-inducible TNFR family receptor (AITR) and tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, member 18 (TNFRSF-18) (Stephens, G.L. et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 173:5008-5020 and Nocentini, G. et al. (1997) P.N.A.S. 94:6216-6221). GITR ligand binds to GITR and triggers NF-kappaB activation through TRAF2. The GITR -GITR ligand interaction interrupts TCR-CD3 activation - induced apoptosis in T cells and may be involved in cell survival. The GITR ligand is also known as AITRL, GITRL, TL6 and hGIRTL. GITR is a 228 amino acid transmembrane protein that is suggested to be similar to 4- IBB and CD27. GITR protein has a 19 amino acid signal sequence, 134 amino acid extracellular region with three cysteine-rich motifs, a 23 amino acid transmembrane segment and a 52 amino acid cytoplasmic domain. The GITR ligand is expressed by endothelial cells (including HUVEC), Bl lymphocytes, mature and immature dendritic cells, and macrophages (Stephens, G. et al. (2004) supra). GITR is involved in the interactions between T-lymphocytes and endothelial cells and in the regulation of T-cell receptor-mediated cell death. GITR mediates NF-kappaB activation via the TRAF2/NIK pathway. GITR binds to TNF receptor-associated
factor-1 (TRAFl), TRAF2 and TRAF3 but not to TRAF5 and TRAF6 (Nocentini, G. et al. (1997) supra.).
GITR is expressed on CD4+CD25+ T cells and after interaction with GITRL down-regulates T regulatory suppressor activity. Targeting GITR on tumor cells and depletion of CD4+CD25+ T cells could potentiate the efficacy of active tumor specific therapy (Kohm, A.P. et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 172:4686-4690 and Shimizu, J. et al. (2002) Nature Immunol. 3:135-142).
RT-PCR of bulk tissue RNA from 55 lung tumors and 18 normal lung tissues indicated >2-fold increased levels of GITR RNA in 76% of tumors compared with normal tissues. By RT-PCR GITR has very minimal expression in a variety of . normal tissues including breast, prostate, brain, heart, kidney, liver, salivary gland, spleen stomach, thymus and uterus. RT-PCR of bulk tissues RNA from a variety of tumors and corresponding normal tissues indicated >2-fold increased levels of GITR RNA in 50% of ovarian cancers (n=40), 25% of melanomas (n=22), 50% of prostate cancers (n=24), 20% of colon cancers (n=26), and 66% of breast cancers (n=23).
Immuαohisochemistry was performed on formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded human non-small cell lung cancer specimens. The antibodies used were anti-GITR (Research Systems, BA689), anti-RDCl (Lifescience, RDC1-LP1439). CD31 (DAKO, M0823), anti-alpha-smooth muscle actin (DAKO, M0851), anti-epthelial membrane antigen (DAKO, M0804) and wide spectrum cytokeratin (DAKO, Z0622).
Overall, there was strong GITR reactivity on tumor cells of both adenocarcinoma and squamous carcinoma of the lung. There was also strong reactivity on infiltrating cells within the tumor stroma of both adenocarcinoma and squamous carcinoma of the lung. There was strong RDCl reactivity on tumor cells of both adenocarcinoma and squamous carcinoma of the lung. There was moderate RDCl reactivity on endothelial cells and pericytes/smooth muscle cells associated with the tumor vasculature.
By fluorescence activated cytometry (FACS), the NCI-H358 and NCI-H1436 cell lines have very good expression of GITR, and NCI-H1299, NCI-H522, NCI-H23 and NCI-H647 have good expression of GITR. By FACS the expression of GITR on
activated PBMC and activated CD3+ T cells is much lower than is the expression on non-small cell lung cancer cell lines.
Experiment No. 2: Functional BioAssays
After generation the panel of antibodies are screened using cell based assays to identify those which neutralize the function of the target protein and reverse the malignant phenotype using methods known in the art. For the purpose of illustration, such methods are described in: Stanton, CA. et al. (2004) Blood 103(2):601-606 and Malinda, K.M. et al. (1999) Exp. Cell Res. 250:168-173 (migration assay); paragraphs [0210] through [0226] of U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0253708A1 (apoptosis); paragraphs [0183] through [0194] of U.S. Patent Publication
No. 2004/0258685A1 (inhibition, anti-proliferation, blocking and epitope binding assays); Stanton, CA. et al. (2004) supra (proliferation and cytotoxicity assays); Manches, O. et al. (2003) Blood 101(3):949-954 (apoptosis, phagocytosis and ADCC assays); and paragraph [0066] of U.S. Patent Publication 2004/0228859A1 (CDC assay).
Experiment No. 3: In vivo Efficacy
Antibodies that possess the requisite bio-activity as described for example, in Experiment No. 2, are then further screened for in vivo efficacy using a syngeneic tumor model or human tumor xenographt model. Such assays and models are known to those of skill in the art. For the purpose of illustration, such methods and described in Tumor Models in Cancer Research, Teicher, B.A. ed. in the series Cancer Drug Discovery and Development, Humana Press, 2004 and Lev. A. et al. (2004) PNAS 101(24):9051-9056.
Although the above experiments and detailed description are described in reference to use against 3NTSCLC, it should be apparent to those of skill in the art that the methods and compositions of this invention are relevant to the other cancers identified in Table 1. Thus, this invention provides methods and compositions to diagnose and prognose these malignancies as well.
It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the above embodiments, that the foregoing description and the following examples are intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention.
Other aspects, advantages and modifications within the scope of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains.
Claims
1. A method for diagnosing or prognosing a cancer selected from the group consisting of non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), ovarian, breast, prostate and colon cancer, comprising detecting the level of expression of a gene or gene product identified in Table 1 or fragment thereof in a subject, wherein an overexpression of the gene or gene product is a predictive positive diagnosis or prognosis of said cancer in the subject.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the level of expression of the gene or gene product or fragment thereof is determined immunochemically.
3.. The method of claim 2, wherein the level of expression of the gene or gene product or fragment thereof is determined immunochemically by an antibody.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the level of expression of the gene or gene product or fragment thereof is determined immunochemically by a monoclonal antibody, variant or derivative thereof.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the level of expression of the gene or gene product or fragment thereof is determined by an antibody selected from the group consisting of a mono clonal antibody, a polyclonal antibody, an antibody variant, an antibody derivative, a humanized antibody and an antibody fragment.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the level of expression of the gene or gene product is determined by detecting the amount of polynucleotide.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the detecting is performed on a suitable sample isolated from the subject.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the suitable sample is preserved tissue sample, a tissue biopsy sample or a sample of body fluid.
9. The method of claim 7, wherein the suitable sample is a sample of body fluid selected from the group consisting of urine, blood and serum.
10. The method of claim 6, wherein the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of rrxRNA and cDNA.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US64534905P | 2005-01-19 | 2005-01-19 | |
| PCT/US2006/002050 WO2006078911A2 (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-01-19 | Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP1856281A2 true EP1856281A2 (en) | 2007-11-21 |
Family
ID=36692925
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP06719028A Withdrawn EP1856281A2 (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-01-19 | Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc |
Country Status (8)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1856281A2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2008527998A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN101133167A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2006206343A1 (en) |
| BR (1) | BRPI0606685A2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2592330A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL184343A0 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2006078911A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (13)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| PT2343320T (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2018-01-23 | Gitr Inc | Anti-gitr antibodies and uses thereof |
| US8591886B2 (en) | 2007-07-12 | 2013-11-26 | Gitr, Inc. | Combination therapies employing GITR binding molecules |
| KR101790802B1 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2017-10-27 | 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 | Anti-gitr antibodies |
| KR101566539B1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2015-11-05 | 국립암센터 | Novel epitope for switching to Th2 cell and use thereof |
| TW201605896A (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2016-02-16 | 安美基股份有限公司 | GITR antigen binding proteins |
| PE20170441A1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-04-26 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | ANTIBODIES AGAINST THE GLUCOCORTICOID-INDUCED TUMOR NECROSIS FACTOR RECEPTOR (GITR) AND ITS USES |
| JP5995207B2 (en) * | 2014-11-28 | 2016-09-21 | 学校法人 学習院 | Boron-containing porphyrin derivatives |
| MX2017015260A (en) * | 2015-06-03 | 2018-02-19 | Squibb Bristol Myers Co | ANTIBODIES ANTI RECEIVER OF GLUCOCORTICOID TUMOR NECROSIS FACTOR (GITR) FOR CANCER DIAGNOSIS. |
| AU2016356780A1 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2018-06-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Antibodies against glucocorticoid-induced tumor necrosis factor receptor (GITR) and uses thereof |
| BR112018068103A2 (en) * | 2016-03-08 | 2019-01-15 | Janssen Biotech Inc | gitr antibodies, methods and uses |
| JP7473339B2 (en) * | 2017-03-07 | 2024-04-23 | エフ. ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー | Methods for discovering alternative antigen-specific antibody variants |
| CN110869392A (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2020-03-06 | 百时美施贵宝公司 | Treatment of cancer with anti-GITR agonistic antibodies |
| CN109777872B (en) * | 2017-11-15 | 2021-04-02 | 北京大学 | T cell subsets and their signature genes in lung cancer |
Family Cites Families (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2001520039A (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2001-10-30 | ヒューマン ジノーム サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Human tumor necrosis factor receptor-like proteins, TR11, TR11SV1 and TR11SV2 |
| US6503184B1 (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2003-01-07 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Human tumor necrosis factor receptor-like proteins TR11, TR11SV1 and TR11SV2 |
| US20030138426A1 (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2003-07-24 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Human tumor necrosis factor receptor-like proteins TR11, TR11SV1, and TR11SV2 |
| US6689607B2 (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2004-02-10 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Human tumor, necrosis factor receptor-like proteins TR11, TR11SV1 and TR11SV2 |
| WO2000050459A1 (en) * | 1999-02-24 | 2000-08-31 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Human tumor necrosis factor receptor-like proteins tr11, tr11sv1, and tr11sv2 |
| CA2528162A1 (en) * | 2003-06-04 | 2004-12-16 | The Government Of The United States As Represented By The Secretary Of T He Department Of Health And Human Services, Centers For Disease Control | Pni microarray and uses |
-
2006
- 2006-01-19 AU AU2006206343A patent/AU2006206343A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-01-19 WO PCT/US2006/002050 patent/WO2006078911A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-01-19 CN CNA2006800068915A patent/CN101133167A/en active Pending
- 2006-01-19 CA CA002592330A patent/CA2592330A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-01-19 JP JP2007552289A patent/JP2008527998A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-01-19 EP EP06719028A patent/EP1856281A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-01-19 BR BRPI0606685-2A patent/BRPI0606685A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2007
- 2007-07-02 IL IL184343A patent/IL184343A0/en unknown
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See references of WO2006078911A3 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| BRPI0606685A2 (en) | 2009-07-14 |
| JP2008527998A (en) | 2008-07-31 |
| WO2006078911A3 (en) | 2007-06-28 |
| CN101133167A (en) | 2008-02-27 |
| WO2006078911A2 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
| CA2592330A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
| AU2006206343A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
| IL184343A0 (en) | 2007-10-31 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20110212086A1 (en) | GITR Antibodies For The Treatment of Cancer | |
| WO2005055808A2 (en) | Compositions and methods to diagnose and treat lung cancer | |
| US10670603B2 (en) | Diagnosis and treatment of cancer expressing ILT3 or ILT3 ligand | |
| CN104105702B (en) | Human NOTCH receptor mutation and its application | |
| US20080044833A1 (en) | Diagnostic PKM2 methods and compositions | |
| EP2688907B1 (en) | Dominant negative hsp110 mutant and its use in prognosing and treating cancers | |
| JP2013126418A (en) | Use of a33 antigen and jam-it | |
| WO2014152777A2 (en) | Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of cancers resistant to ros1 inhibitors | |
| EP1856281A2 (en) | Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc | |
| JP2006501862A5 (en) | ||
| JP2022060484A (en) | Methods for determining the presence or absence of malignant lymphoma or leukemia, and drugs for the treatment and / or prevention of leukemia | |
| US20210087247A1 (en) | Mps peptides and use thereof | |
| JP4695982B2 (en) | Method for detecting liver cancer, liver cancer diagnostic agent, and cancer therapeutic agent | |
| WO2007026895A1 (en) | Kit and method for detection of urothelial cancer | |
| US20070065889A1 (en) | Compositions and methods to diagnose and treat lung cancer | |
| JPH08500731A (en) | Diagnostic method | |
| WO2006078780A2 (en) | Rdc1 antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc | |
| MX2007008691A (en) | Gitr antibodies for the diagnosis of nsclc | |
| AU2012328989A1 (en) | USP2a peptides and antibodies | |
| EP3969033A1 (en) | Mps modified peptides and use thereof | |
| WO2005037854A2 (en) | Immunogenic peptides |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20070704 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
| AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL BA HR MK YU |
|
| DAX | Request for extension of the european patent (deleted) | ||
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
| 18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20090301 |